Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

strengthened into

  • 1 evalesco

    ē-vălesco, lŭi, 3, v. inch. n., to become strong, increase in strength, to increase, grow (cf.: vix illa, quae paragomena vocant, nobis permittimus, sed hoc feliciter, evaluit, Quint. 8, 6, 32; not ante-Aug.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    cum evaluissent flagella pedes binos,

    Plin. 17, 15, 25, § 116; cf.

    rami,

    id. 16, 30, 54, § 125.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen.:

    adjuta cura natura magis evalescit,

    Quint. 2, 8, 5; Tac. A. 14, 58 fin.: affectatio quietis in tumultum evaluit, strengthened into, etc., id. H. 1, 80:

    indoles naturalis, adjuta praeceptis, evalescit,

    Sen. Ep. 94, 31.—
    2.
    Transf.
    a.
    In the temp. perf., to have power or ability for any thing, to be able:

    ut ne ipsa quidem natura in hoc ita evaluerit, ut non, etc.,

    Quint. 10, 2, 10: sed non Dardaniae medicari cuspidis ictum Evaluit, * Verg. A. 7, 757; so with a subjectclause, * Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 201; Stat. S. 5, 2, 79; Claud. Cons. Honor. 303; Rapt. Pros. 3, 92. —
    b.
    To be worth in price, Macr. S. 2, 13 fin. —
    B.
    In partic., of a word or expression, to prevail, get into vogue:

    ita nationis nomen, non gentis evaluisse paulatim,

    Tac. G. 2 fin.; so Quint. 9, 3, 13.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > evalesco

  • 2 ab

    ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:

    AF VOBEIS,

    Inscr. Orell. 3114;

    AF MVRO,

    ib. 6601;

    AF CAPVA,

    ib. 3308;

    AF SOLO,

    ib. 589;

    AF LYCO,

    ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):

    abs chorago,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):

    abs quivis,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:

    abs terra,

    Cato, R. R. 51;

    and in compounds: aps-cessero,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;

    and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,

    id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).
    I.
    In space, and,
    II.
    Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.
    I.
    Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):

    Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    fuga ab urbe turpissima,

    Cic. Att. 7, 21:

    ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,

    Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:

    illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,

    all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:

    venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.
    b.
    Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:

    oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:

    quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:

    ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:

    protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 2:

    profecti a domo,

    Liv. 40, 33, 2;

    of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:

    classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,

    Liv. 8, 22, 6;

    of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,

    Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:

    legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,

    id. 24, 40, 2.
    c.
    Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):

    Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:

    libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,

    Cic. Fl. 20, 47:

    Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,

    id. Att. 7, 24:

    cum a vobis discessero,

    id. Sen. 22:

    multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:

    so a fratre,

    id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:

    a Pontio,

    Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:

    ab ea,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.
    B.
    Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.
    1.
    Of separation:

    ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:

    abesse a domo paulisper maluit,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:

    tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,

    Sall. C. 40, 5:

    absint lacerti ab stabulis,

    Verg. G. 4, 14.—
    2.
    Of distance:

    quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:

    nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,

    id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:

    hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:

    terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:

    non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):

    cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,

    Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:

    qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:

    quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:

    procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:

    tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,

    Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;

    v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:

    tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,

    id. Pis. 11, 26; and:

    tam prope ab domo detineri,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:

    onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,

    eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:

    duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,

    id. 37, 38, 5). —
    3.
    To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:

    picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,

    Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:

    pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,

    on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:

    non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,

    at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:

    erat a septentrionibus collis,

    on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).
    II.
    Fig.
    A.
    In time.
    1.
    From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:

    Exul ab octava Marius bibit,

    Juv. 1,40:

    mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,

    immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:

    Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    ab hac contione legati missi sunt,

    immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:

    ab eo magistratu,

    after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:

    a summa spe novissima exspectabat,

    after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:

    ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:

    confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,

    Liv. 30, 36, 1:

    statim a funere,

    Suet. Caes. 85;

    and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,

    id. ib. 60:

    protinus ab adoptione,

    Vell. 2, 104, 3:

    Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,

    soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—

    Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,

    i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:

    secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,

    i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.
    2.
    With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:

    ab hora tertia bibebatur,

    from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:

    infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,

    since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:

    vixit ab omni aeternitate,

    from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:

    cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,

    Nep. Att. 5, 3:

    in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,

    after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:

    centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,

    since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:

    cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,

    id. Sen. 6, 19; and:

    ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,

    since, Sall. C. 47, 2:

    diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:

    quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,

    since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:

    jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,

    from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:

    cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:

    a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,

    Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:

    pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,

    from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.
    b.
    Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:

    qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,

    from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:

    mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,

    a pueritia,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:

    jam inde ab adulescentia,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:

    ab adulescentia,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 1:

    jam a prima adulescentia,

    id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:

    ab ineunte adulescentia,

    id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.

    followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:

    a primis temporibus aetatis,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:

    a teneris unguiculis,

    from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:

    usque a toga pura,

    id. Att. 7, 8, 5:

    jam inde ab incunabulis,

    Liv. 4, 36, 5:

    a prima lanugine,

    Suet. Oth. 12:

    viridi ab aevo,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;

    rarely of animals: ab infantia,

    Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:

    qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,

    a pausillo puero,

    id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:

    a puero,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:

    a pueris,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:

    ab adulescente,

    id. Quint. 3, 12:

    ab infante,

    Col. 1, 8, 2:

    a parva virgine,

    Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:

    a parvis,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:

    a parvulo,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:

    ab parvulis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:

    ab tenero,

    Col. 5, 6, 20;

    and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.
    B.
    In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.
    1.
    In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):

    suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:

    qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:

    hic ab artificio suo non recessit,

    id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:

    quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:

    condicionem quam ab te peto,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:

    mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:

    si quid ab illo acceperis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:

    quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:

    ab defensione desistere,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:

    ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,

    id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:

    ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):

    qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,

    the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:

    tu nunc eris alter ab illo,

    next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:

    Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,

    next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:

    quid hoc ab illo differt,

    from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:

    hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,

    id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:

    discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,

    id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):

    quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7:

    alieno a te animo fuit,

    id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):

    subdole ab re consulit,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:

    haut est ab re aucupis,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:

    non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,

    Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:

    a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,

    Cic. Lael. 1, 1:

    ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,

    id. ib. 1, 3:

    disputata ab eo,

    id. ib. 1, 4 al.:

    illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,

    id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:

    ita generati a natura sumus,

    id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:

    pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,

    Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:

    niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:

    quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,

    is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:

    salvebis a meo Cicerone,

    i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:

    a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,

    i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:

    ne vir ab hoste cadat,

    Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):

    levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:

    a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 19:

    si calor est a sole,

    id. N. D. 2, 52:

    ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),

    id. Att. 16, 7, 5:

    metu poenae a Romanis,

    Liv. 32, 23, 9:

    bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,

    id. 3, 22, 2:

    ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,

    id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:

    lassus ab equo indomito,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:

    Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,

    Prop. 5, 1, 126:

    tempus a nostris triste malis,

    time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:

    vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?

    by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,

    ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),

    Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:

    si postulatur a populo,

    if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:

    deseror conjuge,

    Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;

    and in prose,

    Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:

    ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:

    (urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.
    b.
    With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:

    pastores a Pergamide,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:

    Turnus ab Aricia,

    Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):

    obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,

    Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.
    c.
    In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:

    (sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,

    id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)
    d.
    With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:

    da, puere, ab summo,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,

    da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:

    coepere a fame mala,

    Liv. 4, 12, 7:

    cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,

    tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:

    a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.
    e.
    With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:

    a foliis et stercore purgato,

    Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:

    tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?

    Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:

    Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,

    Liv. 21, 11, 5:

    expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):

    ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,

    Sall. C. 32:

    ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,

    Liv. 21, 35, 12:

    ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133.
    f.
    With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:

    el metul a Chryside,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:

    ab Hannibale metuens,

    Liv. 23, 36; and:

    metus a praetore,

    id. 23, 15, 7;

    v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 59:

    postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,

    you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.
    g.
    With verbs of fastening and holding:

    funiculus a puppi religatus,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:

    cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,

    Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.
    h.
    Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:

    a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,

    Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.
    i.
    Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):

    id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 22.
    j.
    Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:

    doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:

    a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:

    a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,

    a frigore laborantibus,

    Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:

    laborare ab re frumentaria,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.
    k.
    Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:

    ab ingenio improbus,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:

    a me pudica'st,

    id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:

    orba ab optimatibus contio,

    Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):

    locus copiosus a frumento,

    Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:

    sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,

    id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:

    ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,

    id. Brut. 16, 63:

    ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,

    Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;

    so often in poets ab arte=arte,

    artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.
    l.
    In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:

    linguam ab irrisu exserentem,

    thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:

    ab honore,

    id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.
    m.
    Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:

    ab illo injuria,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:

    fulgor ab auro,

    Lucr. 2, 5:

    dulces a fontibus undae,

    Verg. G. 2, 243.
    n.
    In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:

    scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:

    nonnuill ab novissimis,

    id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).
    o.
    In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:

    qui sunt ab ea disciplina,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:

    ab eo qui sunt,

    id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:

    nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,

    id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).
    p.
    To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;

    in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,

    one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,

    a manu servus,

    a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).
    q.
    The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:

    a peregre,

    Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:

    a foris,

    Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:

    ab intus,

    ib. ib. 7, 15:

    ab invicem,

    App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:

    a longe,

    Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:

    a modo,

    ib. ib. 23, 39;

    Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,

    Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:

    a sursum,

    ib. Marc. 15, 38.
    ► a.
    Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:

    Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,

    Cic. Pis. 37, 91:

    a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?

    id. Sen. 6:

    a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?

    id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:

    res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,

    id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—
    b.
    Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—
    c.
    It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:

    a vitae periculo,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 313:

    a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,

    id. Arch. 6, 12:

    a minus bono,

    Sall. C. 2, 6:

    a satis miti principio,

    Liv. 1, 6, 4:

    damnis dives ab ipsa suis,

    Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—
    d.
    The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):

    aque Chao,

    Verg. G. 4, 347:

    aque mero,

    Ov. M. 3, 631:

    aque viro,

    id. H. 6, 156:

    aque suis,

    id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:

    a meque,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:

    abs teque,

    id. Att. 3, 15, 4:

    a teque,

    id. ib. 8, 11, §

    7: a primaque adulescentia,

    id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —
    e.
    A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.
    III.
    In composition ab,
    1.
    Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—
    2.
    It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ab

  • 3 semol

    sĭmŭl (ante-class. also sĕmŭl, Plaut. Trin. prol. p. 97 Ritschl; v. infra; and sĕmŏl, C. I. L. 1175 fin.; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 96; cf. also simitu. The final l of simul was scarcely pronounced in the vulg. lang., and in comic poetry does not make position with an initial consonant following; v. Corss. Ausspr. 2, p. 643 sq.; Lorenz ad Plaut. Ps. 567), adv. [Sanscr. sama-; Gr. hama, homos]; cf. semel, = eodem tempore, una, at the same time, together, at once, as soon as.
    I.
    Referring, as temporal adverb, to plural nouns of the same sentence, and representing persons or things as acting, happening, etc., simultaneously.
    1.
    After a plural subject:

    hunc ambo in saxo semul sedent ejecti,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 72:

    multa concurrunt simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 31:

    (duo homines) simul cenare voluerunt,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 4, 14:

    Zmyrnae cum simul essemus compluris dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    tres simul soles effulserunt,

    Liv. 41, 21 fin.:

    tria simul agmina populabantur Indos,

    Curt. 9, 10, 7:

    duo simul hujusmodi personae Ciceroni obstiterunt,

    Quint. 11, 1, 69:

    Othonem multa simul exstimulabant,

    Tac. H. 1, 21; Cic. Fam. 9, 1, 2; id. Att. 5, 10, 5; Liv. 21, 33, 3; 41, 2 init.; Curt. 4, 15, 22.—Sometimes the logical subject is understood:

    multos modios salis simul (i. e. amicis) edendos esse,

    Cic. Lael. 19, 67.—Sometimes both the subject and predicate are understood:

    quare si simul (i. e. nos agere) placebit,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 19, 2.—
    2.
    With a plur. object:

    (Alcumena) uno partu duos peperit semul,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 8:

    duas res simul nunc agere decretum'st mihi,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 1:

    si duos consules simul ex Italia ejectos... res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    ambo cum simul conspicimus,

    Liv. 40, 46 init.:

    simul omnibus portis erupit,

    id. 40, 48 fin.; cf. Auct. Her. 3, 12, 22; Liv. 8, 37, 5; 21, 60; 40, 30; 42, 7; Curt. 5, 9, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 76; 10, 3, 23; 10, 7, 16.—So with singular implying a plural:

    tota (urbs) simul exsurgere aedificiis coepit,

    Liv. 6, 4, 6:

    totam simul causam ponit ante oculos,

    Quint. 6, 1, 1.—After an adverb. implying a plural noun:

    igitur undique simul (i. e. ex omnibus locis simul) speculatores citi sese ostendunt,

    Sall. J. 101, 1.—
    3.
    Referring [p. 1703] to plural attributes:

    omnium simul rerum... discrimine proposito,

    Liv. 6, 35, 6:

    multarum simul civitatium legati Romam convenerunt,

    id. 43, 6, 1.—
    4.
    Referring to an attributive participle understood:

    multitudo plurium simul gentium (= simul eodem loco versantium),

    Liv. 44, 45:

    trium simul bellorum victor (= eodem tempore gestorum),

    id. 6, 4, 1:

    inter duo simul bella,

    id. 7, 27, 7:

    tot simul malis victi,

    Curt. 4, 4, 12.
    II.
    Referring to nouns, etc., connected by the preposition cum: simul cum = una cum (v. una, s. v. unus), together with:

    novi (illum) cum Calcha semul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 48:

    jube in urbem veniat jam tecum semul,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26:

    qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul?

    id. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    me misisti ad portum cum luci semul,

    id. Stich. 2, 2, 40:

    quae (amicitia) incepta a parvis cum aetate adcrevit simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7:

    simul consilium cum re amisti?

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 10:

    Critolaum simul cum Diogene venisse commemoras,

    Cic. Or. 2, 38, 100:

    Hortensius tecum simul pro Appio Claudio dixit,

    id. Brut. 64, 230:

    cum corporibus simul animos interire,

    id. Lael. 4, 13:

    vobiscum simul considerantis,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70:

    testamentum Cyri simul obsignavi cum Clodio,

    id. Mil. 18, 48:

    simul cum lege Aelia magistratum iniit,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    simul cum lumine pandit,

    id. Arat. 704 (452):

    simul cum moribus immutatur fortuna,

    Sall. C. 2, 5:

    cum anima simul,

    id. ib. 33, 4:

    simul cum occasu solis,

    id. J. 91, 2:

    simul cum dono designavit templi finis,

    Liv. 1, 10, 5:

    si (dictator) se (Fabium) simul cum gloria rei gestae extinxisset,

    id. 8, 31, 7:

    ut cresceret simul et neglegentia cum audacia hosti,

    id. 31, 36, 7; cf. Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 136; id. Aul. 4, 4, 28; id. Bacch. 4, 1, 5; id. Cist. 4, 2, 105; id. Ep. 1, 1, 39; id. Men. prol. 27; 2, 3, 54; 5, 1, 36; id. Merc. 2, 1, 31; id. Most. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Ac. 1, 1, 13; id. Tusc. 3, 18, 40; id. de Or. 2, 33, 142; 3, 3, 10; id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Sest. 22, 50; id. Fam. 15, 4, 8; Liv. 1, 31, 3; Nep. 3, 2; 11, 3; 18, 3; 23, 6; Quint. 11, 3, 65; Hor. Epod. 1, 8; id. S. 1, 1, 58.—Strengthened by una:

    quippe omnes semul didicimus tecum una,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 1, 50; cf. id. Most. 4, 3, 43.—With ellipsis of mecum:

    qui scribis morderi te interdum quod non simul sis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 8.—Freq. cum eo (eis, etc.) must be supplied after simul, likewise, together with him, them, etc.:

    in vigiliam quando ibat miles, tum tu ibas semul (i. e. cum eo)?

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 86:

    cum simul P. Rutilius venisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 11, 17:

    hos qui simul erant missi, fallere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 38, 110:

    prae metu ne simul (i. e. cum iis) Romanus irrumperet,

    Liv. 5, 13, 13:

    extra turbam ordinem conlocuntur semul (i. e. inter se),

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 180; Cic. Pis. 34, 84; Liv. 6, 11, 5; Curt. 8, 13, 3.—Simul with abl. alone = cum with abl. ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose; cf. Gr. hama with dat.):

    simul his,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 86:

    quippe simul nobis habitat,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 29:

    his simul,

    Sil. 3, 268:

    Magnetibus simul transmissi,

    Tac. A. 4, 55:

    quindecimviri septemviris simul,

    id. ib. 3, 64; cf. id. ib. 6, 9; Sil. 5, 418; Sen. Troad. 1049.
    III.
    Referring to a preceding adverb. clause, at the same time, i.e. as that of the action described:

    juris ubi dicitur dies, simul patronis dicitur,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 17:

    quamquam ego vinum bibo, at mandata hau consuevi semul bibere una (= bibere quom vinum bibo, una cum vino),

    id. Pers. 2, 1, 3:

    quando nihil sit (quod det), semul amare desinat,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 73 Fleck.:

    ubi res prolatae sunt, quom rus homines eunt, semul prolatae res sunt nostris dentibus,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 10; id. Ps. 4, 7, 84; cf.:

    domum numquam introibis, nisi feres pallam simul (i. e. cum introibis),

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 104.
    IV.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate terms or facts representing these as simultaneous, and at the same time, and also, both... and ( at once), together.
    1.
    Referring to co-ordinate terms of the same sentence.
    a.
    Simul preceding all the coordinate terms which are connected by et, ac, atque, que, or by et... et (freq. in the histt.):

    semul flere sorbereque haud facile est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 104:

    Q. Hortensi ingenium simul aspectum et probatum est,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 228: Bomilcar, simul cupidus incepta patrandi, et timore socii anxius, Sall. J. 70, 5:

    dicenti lacrimae simul spiritum et vocem intercluserunt,

    Liv. 40, 16 init.:

    quae simul auxilio tribunicio et consensu plebis impediri coepta,

    id. 6, 27, 9:

    Lycios sub Rhodiorum simul imperio et tutela esse,

    id. 41, 6 fin.:

    Priverni qui simul a Fundanis ac Romanis defecerunt,

    id. 8, 19, 11:

    simul divinae humanaeque spei pleni pugnam poscunt,

    id. 10, 40, 1:

    eximio simul honoribus atque virtutibus,

    id. 6, 11, 3:

    obruit animum simul luctus metusque,

    id. 42, 28; 5, 26, 10; Val. Max. 5, 2, 6:

    simul ipsum Vitellium contemnebant metuebantque,

    Tac. H. 2, 92; cf. Liv. 3, 38, 12; 3, 50, 12; 5, 7, 3; 6, 18, 5; 6, 33, 9; 6, 40, 4; 9, 12, 4; 27, 51, 12; Caes. B. G. 7, 48; Curt. 5, 4, 30; Sen. Q. N. 2, 54, 2.—So with three or more co-ordinate terms, either all connected by et, Caes. B. G. 4, 24, 2; Quint. 1, 12, 3; 10, 7, 23;

    or asyndetic: nunc simul res, fides, fama, virtus, decus deseruerunt,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 60.—
    b.
    Simul after all the coordinate terms (mostly ante-class.):

    nunc operam potestis ambo mihi dare et vobis simul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 40:

    faxo et operam et vinum perdiderit simul,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 42:

    ut si quis sacrilegii et homicidii simul accusetur,

    Quint. 12, 1, 4; cf. Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 92; id. Men. 3, 3, 16; Mart. 11, 58, 10.—
    c.
    Simul after the first of the co-ordinate terms (so not in Cic.):

    convenit regnum simul atque locos ut haberet,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 6, fr. 3:

    oculis simul ac mente turbatum,

    Liv. 7, 26, 5:

    quod ubi auditum simul visumque est,

    id. 8, 39, 7:

    pulvere simul ac sudore perfusum,

    Curt. 3, 5, 2:

    terrestri simul navalique clade,

    id. 4, 3, 14:

    vota nuncupabantur simul et solvebantur,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    qui ima simul ac summa foveret aequaliter,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 25; cf. Liv. 4, 32, 12; Curt. 3, 8, 23; 6, 5, 19; 8, 5, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 30.—In post-Aug. prose without any temporal idea, = as well as:

    populi Romani facta simul ac dicta memoratu digna... deligere constitui,

    Val. Max. 1 prol.; so id. 1, 1, 9.—
    d.
    Placed before the last term.
    (α).
    Simul et (= simul etiam), and at the same time, and also:

    Jugurtha, postquam oppidum Capsam aliosque locos munitos, simul et magnam pecuniam amiserat,

    Sall. J. 97, 1:

    Marium fatigantem de profectione, simul et invisum et offensum,

    id. ib. 73, 2:

    Marius hortandi causa, simul et nobilitatem exagitandi, contionem advocavit,

    id. ib. 84, 5:

    milites modesto imperio habiti, simul et locupletes,

    id. ib. 92, 2:

    Perseus cum adventu consulis, simul et veris principio strepere omnia cerneret,

    Liv. 44, 34 fin.; cf. Hor. C. 1, 20, 6.—
    (β).
    Simulque (rare):

    ut (materia) fragilis incumberet, simulque terra umore diluta,

    Curt. 8, 10, 25.—
    (γ).
    Simul, without any conjunction (so in Cic., but only poet.):

    Neptuno grates habeo et tempestatibus, semul Mercurio qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 1, 3:

    Electra Stereopeque, simul sanctissima Maja,

    Cic. Arat. 270 (36):

    inter solis iter, simul inter flamina venti,

    id. ib. 342 (101):

    ambiguus consilii, num Dyrrhachium pedite atque equite, simul longis navibus mare clauderet,

    Tac. H. 2, 83. —
    e.
    Inserted in the last term ( poet.):

    memor Actae non alio rege puertiae, Mutataeque simul togae,

    Hor. C. 1, 36, 9;

    interea Maecenas advenit atque Coccejus, Capitoque simul Fontejus,

    id. S. 1, 5, 32.—
    2.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate clauses or sentences.
    a.
    Et simul or simulque:

    contundam facta Talthybi, contem namque omnes nuntios, semulque cursuram meditabor ad ludos Olympios,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 34:

    eamus, et de istac simul consilium volo capere una tecum,

    i. e. while going, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 65:

    quod... et simul quia,

    Lucr. 5, 1181:

    ratio Ecquaenam fuerit origo... et simul ecquae sit finis, etc.,

    id. 5, 1213:

    sed iidem illi ita mecum loquuntur... et simul admonent quiddam quod cavebimus, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 11, 28:

    ex tuis litteris cognovi festinationem tuam, et simul sum admiratus cur, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 8, 1:

    emergit Nixi caput, et simul effert sese clara Fides et, etc.,

    id. Arat. 713 (460):

    postquam Rutilium consedisse accepit, simulque ex Jugurthae proelio clamorem augeri,

    Sall. J. 52, 6:

    equites ex equis desiliunt, simulque et hosti se opponunt, et animos peditum accendunt,

    Liv. 3, 62, 8:

    tum rigere omnibus corpora... et simul lassitudine et... fame etiam deficere,

    id. 21, 54, 9; 41, 3; Cic. Arat. 504 (259); 545 (299); Curt. 4, 2, 21; Quint. 2, 5, 13.—
    b.
    Simul with autem or enim, introducing the second sentence:

    salve! simul autem vale!

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1: augeamus sane suspicionem tuam;

    simul enim augebimus diligentiam,

    Cic. Marc. 7, 22.—
    c.
    Simul preceding co-ordinate sentences, generally connected by et... et, but also by a single copulative conjunction:

    simul enim et rei publicae consules, et propones ei exempla ad imitandum,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 2, 5:

    illa autem altera ratio quae simul et opinionem falsam tollit, et aegritudinem detrahit,

    id. Tusc. 4, 28, 60:

    simul et inopiam frumenti lenire, et ignaris omnibus parare,

    Sall. J. 91, 1:

    nullus portus erat qui simul et omnis onerarias caperet, et tecta legionibus praeberet,

    Liv. 32, 18, 3:

    simul et cohors invasit, et ex omnibus oppidi partibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 3: simul Metelli imagines dereptae, et missi qui Antonio nuntiarent. Tac. H. 3, 13; cf. Suet. Caes. 57.—
    3.
    Referring to co-ordinate clauses introduced by subordinating conjunctions:

    Mnesilochum ut requiram atque ut eum mecum ad te adducam semul,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 2:

    tantum faciam ut notam apponam... et simul significem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 6, 2:

    quod eo liberius ad te seribo, quia nostrae laudi favisti, simulque quod video non novitati esse invisum meae,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 8; 7, 10, 3.—If used in connecting dependent clauses, simul often stands for a co-ordinating conjunction; v. VI. infra.
    V.
    Introducing an independent sentence, at the same time, also, likewise (cf.: itaque, igitur, deinde, tum, etc.).
    1.
    Simul alone:

    ego Tiresiam consulam quid faciundum censeat: semul hanc rem ut facta est eloquar,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 77:

    sequimini! simul circumspicite ne quis adsit arbiter,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 1:

    alterum ipse efficiam ut attente audiatis. Simul illud oro: si, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10:

    hoc proprium virtutis existimant... simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrantur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    Valerio Samnitium legiones occurrunt... simul in Campanos stimulabat ira,

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    tibi (Apollo) decimam partem praedae voveo. Te simul, Juno, precor ut, etc.,

    id. 5, 21, 3.—
    2.
    More freq. simul et (= etiam):

    quia videbitur Magis verisimile id esse... simul et conficiam facilius ego quod volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 55:

    nolite committere ut in re tam inveterata quidquam novi sentiatis. Simul et illa omnia ante oculos vestros proponite, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65:

    demonstravi haec Caecilio. Simul et illud ostendi, me ei satisfacturum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 4:

    legati jam reverterant... simul venerant et ab rege Perseo oratores qui, etc.,

    Liv. 41, 19 med.:

    ipse ad Sycurium progressus, opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit. Simul et frumentari passim exercitum jubet,

    id. 42, 54 fin.; cf. Plaut. Stich. 5, 5, 14; Cic. Or. 2, 85, 349; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 12, § 34; id. Prov. Cons. 15, 36; id. Balb. 25, 56; id. Arat. 618 (372); 628 (382); 707 (454); 721 (468); Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 6, 8; Sall. C. 30, 2; id. J. 100, 3; Liv. 8, 9, 13; 8, 32, 5; 10, 3, 2; 40, 32; 4, 49, 3; Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 52; 2, 53; 3, 15; 3, 18; 3, 20; 3, 29; 3, 42; 3, 82.
    VI.
    Simul itself stands as co-ordinating conjunction, to connect dependent clauses represented as contemporaneous, and at the same time, and also (not ante-class.; rare in Cic.;

    freq. in the histt.): ei Verres possessionem negat se daturum, ne posset patronum suum juvare, simul ut esset poena quod, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 47, § 124:

    omnes vocat ad diripiendos Eburones, ut potius Gallorum vita quam legionarius miles periclitetur, simul ut... pro tali facinore stirps et nomen civitatis tollatur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 34: quippe foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat;

    simul quia boni complures praesidium in eo putabant,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    cujus de virtute, quia multi dixere, praetereundum puto, simul ne per insolentiam quis existumet memet studium meum laudando extollere,

    id. J. 4, 2:

    nihil horum... discere cum cerneret posse, simul et tirocinio et perturbatione juvenis moveretur, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 47:

    a sermone Graeco puerum incipere malo, quia Latinum vel nobis nolentibus perhibet, simul quia disciplinis quoque Graecis prius instruendus est,

    Quint. 1, 1, 12; Sall. J. 20, 1; Liv. 39, 33, 1; 8, 6, 11; Caes. B. C. 43, 2; Sall. C. 20, 3; 56, 5; Liv. 3, 50, 10; 40, 36 init.; Tac. H. 1, [p. 1704] 70;

    2, 15.—So, connecting participial expressions or adverbial phrases with dependent clauses: his amicis confisus Catilina, simul quod aes alienum ingens erat, et quod... opprimendae reipublicae consilium cepit,

    Sall. C. 16, 4:

    hi, quod res in invidia erat, simul et ab Numidis obsecrati,

    id. J. 25, 5:

    ob eam iram, simul ut praeda militem aleret, duo milia peditum... populari agrum jussit,

    Liv. 21, 52, 5; 3, 66, 3:

    equites praemisit speculatum, simul ut ignem exstinguerent,

    Curt. 4, 10, 11:

    Otho, quamquam turbidis rebus, etc., simul reputans non posse, etc.,

    Tac. H. 1, 83 init.:

    committere igitur eum (locum) non fidelissimis sociis noluit, simul quod ab illa parte urbis navibus aditus ex alto est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 32, § 84; Liv. 9, 2, 5; Tac. H. 1, 70 fin.; 2, 28; 2, 30.
    VII.
    Simul. as co-ordinating conjunction, is frequently placed before each of the co-ordinate terms (simul... simul = hama men... hama de), partly... partly; not only... but at the same time (not anteAug.).
    1.
    With independent clauses:

    simul castra oppugnabantur, simul pars exercitus ad populandum agrum Romanum missa,

    Liv. 3, 5, 2:

    accolas Hannibal simul perlicit ad naves fabricandas, simul et ipsi traici exercitum cupiebant,

    id. 21, 26, 7:

    ab his simul custodes trucidari coepti, simul datum signum armatis ut ex insidiis concurrerent,

    id. 9, 25, 8:

    simul gratias agit, simul gratulatur quod, etc.,

    Curt. 6, 7, 15; cf. Verg. A. 1, 631 sq.; 2, 220 sqq.; 12, 268; Liv. 1, 9, 5.—
    2.
    With dependent clauses:

    venit ad quaerendum, simul quod non deducerent praesidia, simul quod in Bithyniam auxilia missi forent,

    Liv. 39, 46 fin.:

    Perseus cum audisset, simul Meliboeam a consulis exercitu oppugnari, simul classem Iolci stare,

    id. 44, 13 init.:

    consul ad Phylan ducit, simul ut praesidium firmaret, simul ut militi frumentum divideret,

    id. 44, 8, 1:

    simul questi... simul nuntiantes,

    id. 42, 46:

    plus quam imponebatur oneris recepi, simul ut pleniore obsequio demererer amantissimos mei, simul ne... alienis vestigiis insisterem, Quint. prooem. 3.—Rarely connecting a dependent clause with an independent sentence: Athenas ierant, simul ut pro legatione praemio esset honos, simul peritos legum peregrinarum ad condenda nova jura usui fore credebant,

    Liv. 3, 35, 5; cf. Verg. A. 12, 758.—
    3.
    Co-ordinating dependent clauses with adverbial phrases:

    Germani frequenter in castra venerunt, simul sui purgandi causa, simul ut de induciis impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 13:

    Philippus, simul ne ocio miles deterior fieret, simul avertendae suspicionis causa... in Maedicam ducere pergit,

    Liv. 40, 21, 1. —
    4.
    Connecting single nouns or phrases belonging to the same predicate:

    cum simul fragor rupti pontis, simul clamor Romanorum impetum sustinuit,

    Liv. 2, 10, 10:

    ad se simul legatos, simul milites missos,

    id. 42, 52 med.:

    et Romae simul dilectu, simul tributo conferendo laboratum est,

    id. 5, 10, 3:

    increpando simul temeritatem, simul ignaviam,

    id. 2, 65, 4:

    tum vero si mul ab hostibus, simul ab iniquitate loco rum Poeni oppugnabantur,

    id. 21, 33, 5:

    inter simul complorationem feminarum, simul nefandam caedem,

    id. 41, 11:

    simul a mari, simul a terra ingredienti,

    id. 44, 12 med.; cf. Tac. A. 1, 49; 14, 40; id. Agr. 25; 36; 41; Verg. G. 3, 201; id. A. 1, 513; Hor. S. 2, 2, 73.
    VIII.
    Simul, in connection with ac, atque (also written in one word,

    sĭmŭlac

    , sĭmŭlatque), rarely with ut, and very rarely with et, is used as subordinating, temporal conjunction, as soon as. For simulac, etc., simul alone is freq.
    1.
    Simul ac: simul ac lacrimas de ore noegeo (i. e. candido) detersit, Liv. And. ap. Fest. p. 174 Mull.:

    Demenaetum simul ac conspexero hodie,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 73:

    non simul ac se ipse commovit, sensit quid intersit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    si simul ac procul conspexit armatos, recessisset,

    id. Caecil. 16, 46:

    dicebam, simul ac timere desisses, similem te futurum tui,

    id. Phil. 2, 35, 89:

    Alcibiades, simul ac se remiserat, dissolutus reperiebatur,

    Nep. Alcib. 1. 4:

    at mihi plaudo Ipse domi, simul ac nummos contemplor in arca,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 67; cf. Cic. N. D. 1, 38, 108; id. Fam. 15, 16, 2; id. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 2, 19, § 46; id. Or. 2, 27, 117; Verg. A. 4, 90; 12, 222; Ov. M. 2, 167; Hor. S. 1, 2, 33; 1, 4, 119; 1, 8, 21.—Strengthened by primum (= ut primum):

    simul ac primum ei occasio visa est, quaestor consulem deseruit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 13, § 34; so id. ib. 2, 1, 52, § 138; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; Suet. Caes. 30; id. Ner. 43.—
    2.
    Simul atque:

    L. Clodius, simul atque introductus est, rem conficit,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 40:

    simul atque increpuit suspicio tumultus, artes ilico nostrae conticescunt,

    id. Mur. 10, 22:

    simul atque audivit ejus interitum, suo Marte res suas recuperavit,

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 95:

    simul atque enim se infiexit hic rex in dominatum injustiorem, fit continuo tyrannus,

    id. Rep. 2, 26, 49:

    simul atque sibi hic adnuisset, numeraturum se dicebat,

    id. Quint. 5, 18:

    qui, simul atque in oppidum venerat, inmittebantur illi continuo Cibyratici canes,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 21, § 47:

    simul atque de Caesaris adventu cognitum est,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 3, 3; cf. Cic. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 8, 10, 31; Suet. Caes. 29; id. Galb. 7.—
    3.
    Simul ut (v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33):

    simul ut experrecti sumus, visa illa contemnimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    simul ut accepi a Seleuco litteras tuas, statim quaesivi, etc.,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    nostros omnia consequi potuisse, simul ut velle coepissent,

    id. Tusc. 4, 2, 5; id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 3 (6, 2):

    simul ut, qui sint professi, videro, dicam,

    id. Planc. 6, 14; id. Att. 10, 4, 12:

    nam simul ut supero se totum lumine Cancer extulit, extemplo cedit delapsa Corona,

    id. Arat. 596 (349).—
    4.
    Simul et:

    simul et quid erit certi, scribam ad te,

    Cic. Att. 2, 20, 2:

    ego ad te statim habebo quod scribam, simul et videro Curionem,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 12:

    quam accepi simul et in Cumanum veni,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 4; 16, 11, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 3. In all these passages the Cod. Med. has simul et, which the editors variously changed into simulatque, simulac, simul ut, simul; so,

    omne animal simul et ortum est, se ipsum diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33, where the vulg. has simul ut, and Madv. reads simul [et] ortum.—
    5.
    Simul ubi:

    quod simul ubi conspexit, equites emisit,

    Liv. 4, 18, 7 dub. Weissenb. ad loc.—
    6.
    Simul alone, = simul atque:

    simul herbae inceperint nasci,

    Cato, R. R. 48:

    hic simul argentum repperit, cura sese expedivit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 4: simul limen intrabo, illi extrabunt illico, Afran. ap. Non. 104, 21 (Com. Rel. v. 5 Rib.):

    simul inflavit tibicen, a perito carmen agnoscitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 27, 86:

    nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, in hostes impetum fecerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 26 fin.:

    simul increpuere arma, hostis pedem rettulit,

    Liv. 6, 24, 1; cf. Cic. Tusc. 4, 6, 12; id. Fin. 3, 6, 21; id. Arat. 594 (349); Caes. B. C. 1, 30, 3; Liv. 3, 62, 6; 4, 18, 6; 4, 31, 5; 4, 32, 6; 5, 25, 11; 8, 32, 2; 21, 55, 9; 44, 8 med.; 44, 19; 44, 44 fin.; Curt. 3, 11, 4; Phaedr. 3, 16, 16; Hor. C. 1, 12, 27; 3, 4, 37; Verg. G. 4, 232; Ov. F. 1, 567.—Strengthened by primum:

    simul primum magistratio abiit, dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    simul primum anni tempus navigabile praebuisset mare,

    id. 35, 44, 5 Weissenb. ad loc.; Suet. Caes. 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > semol

  • 4 semul

    sĭmŭl (ante-class. also sĕmŭl, Plaut. Trin. prol. p. 97 Ritschl; v. infra; and sĕmŏl, C. I. L. 1175 fin.; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 96; cf. also simitu. The final l of simul was scarcely pronounced in the vulg. lang., and in comic poetry does not make position with an initial consonant following; v. Corss. Ausspr. 2, p. 643 sq.; Lorenz ad Plaut. Ps. 567), adv. [Sanscr. sama-; Gr. hama, homos]; cf. semel, = eodem tempore, una, at the same time, together, at once, as soon as.
    I.
    Referring, as temporal adverb, to plural nouns of the same sentence, and representing persons or things as acting, happening, etc., simultaneously.
    1.
    After a plural subject:

    hunc ambo in saxo semul sedent ejecti,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 72:

    multa concurrunt simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 31:

    (duo homines) simul cenare voluerunt,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 4, 14:

    Zmyrnae cum simul essemus compluris dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    tres simul soles effulserunt,

    Liv. 41, 21 fin.:

    tria simul agmina populabantur Indos,

    Curt. 9, 10, 7:

    duo simul hujusmodi personae Ciceroni obstiterunt,

    Quint. 11, 1, 69:

    Othonem multa simul exstimulabant,

    Tac. H. 1, 21; Cic. Fam. 9, 1, 2; id. Att. 5, 10, 5; Liv. 21, 33, 3; 41, 2 init.; Curt. 4, 15, 22.—Sometimes the logical subject is understood:

    multos modios salis simul (i. e. amicis) edendos esse,

    Cic. Lael. 19, 67.—Sometimes both the subject and predicate are understood:

    quare si simul (i. e. nos agere) placebit,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 19, 2.—
    2.
    With a plur. object:

    (Alcumena) uno partu duos peperit semul,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 8:

    duas res simul nunc agere decretum'st mihi,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 1:

    si duos consules simul ex Italia ejectos... res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    ambo cum simul conspicimus,

    Liv. 40, 46 init.:

    simul omnibus portis erupit,

    id. 40, 48 fin.; cf. Auct. Her. 3, 12, 22; Liv. 8, 37, 5; 21, 60; 40, 30; 42, 7; Curt. 5, 9, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 76; 10, 3, 23; 10, 7, 16.—So with singular implying a plural:

    tota (urbs) simul exsurgere aedificiis coepit,

    Liv. 6, 4, 6:

    totam simul causam ponit ante oculos,

    Quint. 6, 1, 1.—After an adverb. implying a plural noun:

    igitur undique simul (i. e. ex omnibus locis simul) speculatores citi sese ostendunt,

    Sall. J. 101, 1.—
    3.
    Referring [p. 1703] to plural attributes:

    omnium simul rerum... discrimine proposito,

    Liv. 6, 35, 6:

    multarum simul civitatium legati Romam convenerunt,

    id. 43, 6, 1.—
    4.
    Referring to an attributive participle understood:

    multitudo plurium simul gentium (= simul eodem loco versantium),

    Liv. 44, 45:

    trium simul bellorum victor (= eodem tempore gestorum),

    id. 6, 4, 1:

    inter duo simul bella,

    id. 7, 27, 7:

    tot simul malis victi,

    Curt. 4, 4, 12.
    II.
    Referring to nouns, etc., connected by the preposition cum: simul cum = una cum (v. una, s. v. unus), together with:

    novi (illum) cum Calcha semul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 48:

    jube in urbem veniat jam tecum semul,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26:

    qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul?

    id. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    me misisti ad portum cum luci semul,

    id. Stich. 2, 2, 40:

    quae (amicitia) incepta a parvis cum aetate adcrevit simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7:

    simul consilium cum re amisti?

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 10:

    Critolaum simul cum Diogene venisse commemoras,

    Cic. Or. 2, 38, 100:

    Hortensius tecum simul pro Appio Claudio dixit,

    id. Brut. 64, 230:

    cum corporibus simul animos interire,

    id. Lael. 4, 13:

    vobiscum simul considerantis,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70:

    testamentum Cyri simul obsignavi cum Clodio,

    id. Mil. 18, 48:

    simul cum lege Aelia magistratum iniit,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    simul cum lumine pandit,

    id. Arat. 704 (452):

    simul cum moribus immutatur fortuna,

    Sall. C. 2, 5:

    cum anima simul,

    id. ib. 33, 4:

    simul cum occasu solis,

    id. J. 91, 2:

    simul cum dono designavit templi finis,

    Liv. 1, 10, 5:

    si (dictator) se (Fabium) simul cum gloria rei gestae extinxisset,

    id. 8, 31, 7:

    ut cresceret simul et neglegentia cum audacia hosti,

    id. 31, 36, 7; cf. Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 136; id. Aul. 4, 4, 28; id. Bacch. 4, 1, 5; id. Cist. 4, 2, 105; id. Ep. 1, 1, 39; id. Men. prol. 27; 2, 3, 54; 5, 1, 36; id. Merc. 2, 1, 31; id. Most. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Ac. 1, 1, 13; id. Tusc. 3, 18, 40; id. de Or. 2, 33, 142; 3, 3, 10; id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Sest. 22, 50; id. Fam. 15, 4, 8; Liv. 1, 31, 3; Nep. 3, 2; 11, 3; 18, 3; 23, 6; Quint. 11, 3, 65; Hor. Epod. 1, 8; id. S. 1, 1, 58.—Strengthened by una:

    quippe omnes semul didicimus tecum una,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 1, 50; cf. id. Most. 4, 3, 43.—With ellipsis of mecum:

    qui scribis morderi te interdum quod non simul sis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 8.—Freq. cum eo (eis, etc.) must be supplied after simul, likewise, together with him, them, etc.:

    in vigiliam quando ibat miles, tum tu ibas semul (i. e. cum eo)?

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 86:

    cum simul P. Rutilius venisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 11, 17:

    hos qui simul erant missi, fallere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 38, 110:

    prae metu ne simul (i. e. cum iis) Romanus irrumperet,

    Liv. 5, 13, 13:

    extra turbam ordinem conlocuntur semul (i. e. inter se),

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 180; Cic. Pis. 34, 84; Liv. 6, 11, 5; Curt. 8, 13, 3.—Simul with abl. alone = cum with abl. ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose; cf. Gr. hama with dat.):

    simul his,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 86:

    quippe simul nobis habitat,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 29:

    his simul,

    Sil. 3, 268:

    Magnetibus simul transmissi,

    Tac. A. 4, 55:

    quindecimviri septemviris simul,

    id. ib. 3, 64; cf. id. ib. 6, 9; Sil. 5, 418; Sen. Troad. 1049.
    III.
    Referring to a preceding adverb. clause, at the same time, i.e. as that of the action described:

    juris ubi dicitur dies, simul patronis dicitur,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 17:

    quamquam ego vinum bibo, at mandata hau consuevi semul bibere una (= bibere quom vinum bibo, una cum vino),

    id. Pers. 2, 1, 3:

    quando nihil sit (quod det), semul amare desinat,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 73 Fleck.:

    ubi res prolatae sunt, quom rus homines eunt, semul prolatae res sunt nostris dentibus,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 10; id. Ps. 4, 7, 84; cf.:

    domum numquam introibis, nisi feres pallam simul (i. e. cum introibis),

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 104.
    IV.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate terms or facts representing these as simultaneous, and at the same time, and also, both... and ( at once), together.
    1.
    Referring to co-ordinate terms of the same sentence.
    a.
    Simul preceding all the coordinate terms which are connected by et, ac, atque, que, or by et... et (freq. in the histt.):

    semul flere sorbereque haud facile est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 104:

    Q. Hortensi ingenium simul aspectum et probatum est,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 228: Bomilcar, simul cupidus incepta patrandi, et timore socii anxius, Sall. J. 70, 5:

    dicenti lacrimae simul spiritum et vocem intercluserunt,

    Liv. 40, 16 init.:

    quae simul auxilio tribunicio et consensu plebis impediri coepta,

    id. 6, 27, 9:

    Lycios sub Rhodiorum simul imperio et tutela esse,

    id. 41, 6 fin.:

    Priverni qui simul a Fundanis ac Romanis defecerunt,

    id. 8, 19, 11:

    simul divinae humanaeque spei pleni pugnam poscunt,

    id. 10, 40, 1:

    eximio simul honoribus atque virtutibus,

    id. 6, 11, 3:

    obruit animum simul luctus metusque,

    id. 42, 28; 5, 26, 10; Val. Max. 5, 2, 6:

    simul ipsum Vitellium contemnebant metuebantque,

    Tac. H. 2, 92; cf. Liv. 3, 38, 12; 3, 50, 12; 5, 7, 3; 6, 18, 5; 6, 33, 9; 6, 40, 4; 9, 12, 4; 27, 51, 12; Caes. B. G. 7, 48; Curt. 5, 4, 30; Sen. Q. N. 2, 54, 2.—So with three or more co-ordinate terms, either all connected by et, Caes. B. G. 4, 24, 2; Quint. 1, 12, 3; 10, 7, 23;

    or asyndetic: nunc simul res, fides, fama, virtus, decus deseruerunt,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 60.—
    b.
    Simul after all the coordinate terms (mostly ante-class.):

    nunc operam potestis ambo mihi dare et vobis simul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 40:

    faxo et operam et vinum perdiderit simul,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 42:

    ut si quis sacrilegii et homicidii simul accusetur,

    Quint. 12, 1, 4; cf. Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 92; id. Men. 3, 3, 16; Mart. 11, 58, 10.—
    c.
    Simul after the first of the co-ordinate terms (so not in Cic.):

    convenit regnum simul atque locos ut haberet,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 6, fr. 3:

    oculis simul ac mente turbatum,

    Liv. 7, 26, 5:

    quod ubi auditum simul visumque est,

    id. 8, 39, 7:

    pulvere simul ac sudore perfusum,

    Curt. 3, 5, 2:

    terrestri simul navalique clade,

    id. 4, 3, 14:

    vota nuncupabantur simul et solvebantur,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    qui ima simul ac summa foveret aequaliter,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 25; cf. Liv. 4, 32, 12; Curt. 3, 8, 23; 6, 5, 19; 8, 5, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 30.—In post-Aug. prose without any temporal idea, = as well as:

    populi Romani facta simul ac dicta memoratu digna... deligere constitui,

    Val. Max. 1 prol.; so id. 1, 1, 9.—
    d.
    Placed before the last term.
    (α).
    Simul et (= simul etiam), and at the same time, and also:

    Jugurtha, postquam oppidum Capsam aliosque locos munitos, simul et magnam pecuniam amiserat,

    Sall. J. 97, 1:

    Marium fatigantem de profectione, simul et invisum et offensum,

    id. ib. 73, 2:

    Marius hortandi causa, simul et nobilitatem exagitandi, contionem advocavit,

    id. ib. 84, 5:

    milites modesto imperio habiti, simul et locupletes,

    id. ib. 92, 2:

    Perseus cum adventu consulis, simul et veris principio strepere omnia cerneret,

    Liv. 44, 34 fin.; cf. Hor. C. 1, 20, 6.—
    (β).
    Simulque (rare):

    ut (materia) fragilis incumberet, simulque terra umore diluta,

    Curt. 8, 10, 25.—
    (γ).
    Simul, without any conjunction (so in Cic., but only poet.):

    Neptuno grates habeo et tempestatibus, semul Mercurio qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 1, 3:

    Electra Stereopeque, simul sanctissima Maja,

    Cic. Arat. 270 (36):

    inter solis iter, simul inter flamina venti,

    id. ib. 342 (101):

    ambiguus consilii, num Dyrrhachium pedite atque equite, simul longis navibus mare clauderet,

    Tac. H. 2, 83. —
    e.
    Inserted in the last term ( poet.):

    memor Actae non alio rege puertiae, Mutataeque simul togae,

    Hor. C. 1, 36, 9;

    interea Maecenas advenit atque Coccejus, Capitoque simul Fontejus,

    id. S. 1, 5, 32.—
    2.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate clauses or sentences.
    a.
    Et simul or simulque:

    contundam facta Talthybi, contem namque omnes nuntios, semulque cursuram meditabor ad ludos Olympios,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 34:

    eamus, et de istac simul consilium volo capere una tecum,

    i. e. while going, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 65:

    quod... et simul quia,

    Lucr. 5, 1181:

    ratio Ecquaenam fuerit origo... et simul ecquae sit finis, etc.,

    id. 5, 1213:

    sed iidem illi ita mecum loquuntur... et simul admonent quiddam quod cavebimus, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 11, 28:

    ex tuis litteris cognovi festinationem tuam, et simul sum admiratus cur, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 8, 1:

    emergit Nixi caput, et simul effert sese clara Fides et, etc.,

    id. Arat. 713 (460):

    postquam Rutilium consedisse accepit, simulque ex Jugurthae proelio clamorem augeri,

    Sall. J. 52, 6:

    equites ex equis desiliunt, simulque et hosti se opponunt, et animos peditum accendunt,

    Liv. 3, 62, 8:

    tum rigere omnibus corpora... et simul lassitudine et... fame etiam deficere,

    id. 21, 54, 9; 41, 3; Cic. Arat. 504 (259); 545 (299); Curt. 4, 2, 21; Quint. 2, 5, 13.—
    b.
    Simul with autem or enim, introducing the second sentence:

    salve! simul autem vale!

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1: augeamus sane suspicionem tuam;

    simul enim augebimus diligentiam,

    Cic. Marc. 7, 22.—
    c.
    Simul preceding co-ordinate sentences, generally connected by et... et, but also by a single copulative conjunction:

    simul enim et rei publicae consules, et propones ei exempla ad imitandum,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 2, 5:

    illa autem altera ratio quae simul et opinionem falsam tollit, et aegritudinem detrahit,

    id. Tusc. 4, 28, 60:

    simul et inopiam frumenti lenire, et ignaris omnibus parare,

    Sall. J. 91, 1:

    nullus portus erat qui simul et omnis onerarias caperet, et tecta legionibus praeberet,

    Liv. 32, 18, 3:

    simul et cohors invasit, et ex omnibus oppidi partibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 3: simul Metelli imagines dereptae, et missi qui Antonio nuntiarent. Tac. H. 3, 13; cf. Suet. Caes. 57.—
    3.
    Referring to co-ordinate clauses introduced by subordinating conjunctions:

    Mnesilochum ut requiram atque ut eum mecum ad te adducam semul,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 2:

    tantum faciam ut notam apponam... et simul significem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 6, 2:

    quod eo liberius ad te seribo, quia nostrae laudi favisti, simulque quod video non novitati esse invisum meae,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 8; 7, 10, 3.—If used in connecting dependent clauses, simul often stands for a co-ordinating conjunction; v. VI. infra.
    V.
    Introducing an independent sentence, at the same time, also, likewise (cf.: itaque, igitur, deinde, tum, etc.).
    1.
    Simul alone:

    ego Tiresiam consulam quid faciundum censeat: semul hanc rem ut facta est eloquar,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 77:

    sequimini! simul circumspicite ne quis adsit arbiter,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 1:

    alterum ipse efficiam ut attente audiatis. Simul illud oro: si, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10:

    hoc proprium virtutis existimant... simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrantur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    Valerio Samnitium legiones occurrunt... simul in Campanos stimulabat ira,

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    tibi (Apollo) decimam partem praedae voveo. Te simul, Juno, precor ut, etc.,

    id. 5, 21, 3.—
    2.
    More freq. simul et (= etiam):

    quia videbitur Magis verisimile id esse... simul et conficiam facilius ego quod volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 55:

    nolite committere ut in re tam inveterata quidquam novi sentiatis. Simul et illa omnia ante oculos vestros proponite, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65:

    demonstravi haec Caecilio. Simul et illud ostendi, me ei satisfacturum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 4:

    legati jam reverterant... simul venerant et ab rege Perseo oratores qui, etc.,

    Liv. 41, 19 med.:

    ipse ad Sycurium progressus, opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit. Simul et frumentari passim exercitum jubet,

    id. 42, 54 fin.; cf. Plaut. Stich. 5, 5, 14; Cic. Or. 2, 85, 349; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 12, § 34; id. Prov. Cons. 15, 36; id. Balb. 25, 56; id. Arat. 618 (372); 628 (382); 707 (454); 721 (468); Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 6, 8; Sall. C. 30, 2; id. J. 100, 3; Liv. 8, 9, 13; 8, 32, 5; 10, 3, 2; 40, 32; 4, 49, 3; Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 52; 2, 53; 3, 15; 3, 18; 3, 20; 3, 29; 3, 42; 3, 82.
    VI.
    Simul itself stands as co-ordinating conjunction, to connect dependent clauses represented as contemporaneous, and at the same time, and also (not ante-class.; rare in Cic.;

    freq. in the histt.): ei Verres possessionem negat se daturum, ne posset patronum suum juvare, simul ut esset poena quod, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 47, § 124:

    omnes vocat ad diripiendos Eburones, ut potius Gallorum vita quam legionarius miles periclitetur, simul ut... pro tali facinore stirps et nomen civitatis tollatur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 34: quippe foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat;

    simul quia boni complures praesidium in eo putabant,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    cujus de virtute, quia multi dixere, praetereundum puto, simul ne per insolentiam quis existumet memet studium meum laudando extollere,

    id. J. 4, 2:

    nihil horum... discere cum cerneret posse, simul et tirocinio et perturbatione juvenis moveretur, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 47:

    a sermone Graeco puerum incipere malo, quia Latinum vel nobis nolentibus perhibet, simul quia disciplinis quoque Graecis prius instruendus est,

    Quint. 1, 1, 12; Sall. J. 20, 1; Liv. 39, 33, 1; 8, 6, 11; Caes. B. C. 43, 2; Sall. C. 20, 3; 56, 5; Liv. 3, 50, 10; 40, 36 init.; Tac. H. 1, [p. 1704] 70;

    2, 15.—So, connecting participial expressions or adverbial phrases with dependent clauses: his amicis confisus Catilina, simul quod aes alienum ingens erat, et quod... opprimendae reipublicae consilium cepit,

    Sall. C. 16, 4:

    hi, quod res in invidia erat, simul et ab Numidis obsecrati,

    id. J. 25, 5:

    ob eam iram, simul ut praeda militem aleret, duo milia peditum... populari agrum jussit,

    Liv. 21, 52, 5; 3, 66, 3:

    equites praemisit speculatum, simul ut ignem exstinguerent,

    Curt. 4, 10, 11:

    Otho, quamquam turbidis rebus, etc., simul reputans non posse, etc.,

    Tac. H. 1, 83 init.:

    committere igitur eum (locum) non fidelissimis sociis noluit, simul quod ab illa parte urbis navibus aditus ex alto est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 32, § 84; Liv. 9, 2, 5; Tac. H. 1, 70 fin.; 2, 28; 2, 30.
    VII.
    Simul. as co-ordinating conjunction, is frequently placed before each of the co-ordinate terms (simul... simul = hama men... hama de), partly... partly; not only... but at the same time (not anteAug.).
    1.
    With independent clauses:

    simul castra oppugnabantur, simul pars exercitus ad populandum agrum Romanum missa,

    Liv. 3, 5, 2:

    accolas Hannibal simul perlicit ad naves fabricandas, simul et ipsi traici exercitum cupiebant,

    id. 21, 26, 7:

    ab his simul custodes trucidari coepti, simul datum signum armatis ut ex insidiis concurrerent,

    id. 9, 25, 8:

    simul gratias agit, simul gratulatur quod, etc.,

    Curt. 6, 7, 15; cf. Verg. A. 1, 631 sq.; 2, 220 sqq.; 12, 268; Liv. 1, 9, 5.—
    2.
    With dependent clauses:

    venit ad quaerendum, simul quod non deducerent praesidia, simul quod in Bithyniam auxilia missi forent,

    Liv. 39, 46 fin.:

    Perseus cum audisset, simul Meliboeam a consulis exercitu oppugnari, simul classem Iolci stare,

    id. 44, 13 init.:

    consul ad Phylan ducit, simul ut praesidium firmaret, simul ut militi frumentum divideret,

    id. 44, 8, 1:

    simul questi... simul nuntiantes,

    id. 42, 46:

    plus quam imponebatur oneris recepi, simul ut pleniore obsequio demererer amantissimos mei, simul ne... alienis vestigiis insisterem, Quint. prooem. 3.—Rarely connecting a dependent clause with an independent sentence: Athenas ierant, simul ut pro legatione praemio esset honos, simul peritos legum peregrinarum ad condenda nova jura usui fore credebant,

    Liv. 3, 35, 5; cf. Verg. A. 12, 758.—
    3.
    Co-ordinating dependent clauses with adverbial phrases:

    Germani frequenter in castra venerunt, simul sui purgandi causa, simul ut de induciis impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 13:

    Philippus, simul ne ocio miles deterior fieret, simul avertendae suspicionis causa... in Maedicam ducere pergit,

    Liv. 40, 21, 1. —
    4.
    Connecting single nouns or phrases belonging to the same predicate:

    cum simul fragor rupti pontis, simul clamor Romanorum impetum sustinuit,

    Liv. 2, 10, 10:

    ad se simul legatos, simul milites missos,

    id. 42, 52 med.:

    et Romae simul dilectu, simul tributo conferendo laboratum est,

    id. 5, 10, 3:

    increpando simul temeritatem, simul ignaviam,

    id. 2, 65, 4:

    tum vero si mul ab hostibus, simul ab iniquitate loco rum Poeni oppugnabantur,

    id. 21, 33, 5:

    inter simul complorationem feminarum, simul nefandam caedem,

    id. 41, 11:

    simul a mari, simul a terra ingredienti,

    id. 44, 12 med.; cf. Tac. A. 1, 49; 14, 40; id. Agr. 25; 36; 41; Verg. G. 3, 201; id. A. 1, 513; Hor. S. 2, 2, 73.
    VIII.
    Simul, in connection with ac, atque (also written in one word,

    sĭmŭlac

    , sĭmŭlatque), rarely with ut, and very rarely with et, is used as subordinating, temporal conjunction, as soon as. For simulac, etc., simul alone is freq.
    1.
    Simul ac: simul ac lacrimas de ore noegeo (i. e. candido) detersit, Liv. And. ap. Fest. p. 174 Mull.:

    Demenaetum simul ac conspexero hodie,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 73:

    non simul ac se ipse commovit, sensit quid intersit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    si simul ac procul conspexit armatos, recessisset,

    id. Caecil. 16, 46:

    dicebam, simul ac timere desisses, similem te futurum tui,

    id. Phil. 2, 35, 89:

    Alcibiades, simul ac se remiserat, dissolutus reperiebatur,

    Nep. Alcib. 1. 4:

    at mihi plaudo Ipse domi, simul ac nummos contemplor in arca,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 67; cf. Cic. N. D. 1, 38, 108; id. Fam. 15, 16, 2; id. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 2, 19, § 46; id. Or. 2, 27, 117; Verg. A. 4, 90; 12, 222; Ov. M. 2, 167; Hor. S. 1, 2, 33; 1, 4, 119; 1, 8, 21.—Strengthened by primum (= ut primum):

    simul ac primum ei occasio visa est, quaestor consulem deseruit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 13, § 34; so id. ib. 2, 1, 52, § 138; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; Suet. Caes. 30; id. Ner. 43.—
    2.
    Simul atque:

    L. Clodius, simul atque introductus est, rem conficit,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 40:

    simul atque increpuit suspicio tumultus, artes ilico nostrae conticescunt,

    id. Mur. 10, 22:

    simul atque audivit ejus interitum, suo Marte res suas recuperavit,

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 95:

    simul atque enim se infiexit hic rex in dominatum injustiorem, fit continuo tyrannus,

    id. Rep. 2, 26, 49:

    simul atque sibi hic adnuisset, numeraturum se dicebat,

    id. Quint. 5, 18:

    qui, simul atque in oppidum venerat, inmittebantur illi continuo Cibyratici canes,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 21, § 47:

    simul atque de Caesaris adventu cognitum est,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 3, 3; cf. Cic. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 8, 10, 31; Suet. Caes. 29; id. Galb. 7.—
    3.
    Simul ut (v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33):

    simul ut experrecti sumus, visa illa contemnimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    simul ut accepi a Seleuco litteras tuas, statim quaesivi, etc.,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    nostros omnia consequi potuisse, simul ut velle coepissent,

    id. Tusc. 4, 2, 5; id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 3 (6, 2):

    simul ut, qui sint professi, videro, dicam,

    id. Planc. 6, 14; id. Att. 10, 4, 12:

    nam simul ut supero se totum lumine Cancer extulit, extemplo cedit delapsa Corona,

    id. Arat. 596 (349).—
    4.
    Simul et:

    simul et quid erit certi, scribam ad te,

    Cic. Att. 2, 20, 2:

    ego ad te statim habebo quod scribam, simul et videro Curionem,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 12:

    quam accepi simul et in Cumanum veni,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 4; 16, 11, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 3. In all these passages the Cod. Med. has simul et, which the editors variously changed into simulatque, simulac, simul ut, simul; so,

    omne animal simul et ortum est, se ipsum diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33, where the vulg. has simul ut, and Madv. reads simul [et] ortum.—
    5.
    Simul ubi:

    quod simul ubi conspexit, equites emisit,

    Liv. 4, 18, 7 dub. Weissenb. ad loc.—
    6.
    Simul alone, = simul atque:

    simul herbae inceperint nasci,

    Cato, R. R. 48:

    hic simul argentum repperit, cura sese expedivit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 4: simul limen intrabo, illi extrabunt illico, Afran. ap. Non. 104, 21 (Com. Rel. v. 5 Rib.):

    simul inflavit tibicen, a perito carmen agnoscitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 27, 86:

    nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, in hostes impetum fecerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 26 fin.:

    simul increpuere arma, hostis pedem rettulit,

    Liv. 6, 24, 1; cf. Cic. Tusc. 4, 6, 12; id. Fin. 3, 6, 21; id. Arat. 594 (349); Caes. B. C. 1, 30, 3; Liv. 3, 62, 6; 4, 18, 6; 4, 31, 5; 4, 32, 6; 5, 25, 11; 8, 32, 2; 21, 55, 9; 44, 8 med.; 44, 19; 44, 44 fin.; Curt. 3, 11, 4; Phaedr. 3, 16, 16; Hor. C. 1, 12, 27; 3, 4, 37; Verg. G. 4, 232; Ov. F. 1, 567.—Strengthened by primum:

    simul primum magistratio abiit, dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    simul primum anni tempus navigabile praebuisset mare,

    id. 35, 44, 5 Weissenb. ad loc.; Suet. Caes. 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > semul

  • 5 simul

    sĭmŭl (ante-class. also sĕmŭl, Plaut. Trin. prol. p. 97 Ritschl; v. infra; and sĕmŏl, C. I. L. 1175 fin.; cf. Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 96; cf. also simitu. The final l of simul was scarcely pronounced in the vulg. lang., and in comic poetry does not make position with an initial consonant following; v. Corss. Ausspr. 2, p. 643 sq.; Lorenz ad Plaut. Ps. 567), adv. [Sanscr. sama-; Gr. hama, homos]; cf. semel, = eodem tempore, una, at the same time, together, at once, as soon as.
    I.
    Referring, as temporal adverb, to plural nouns of the same sentence, and representing persons or things as acting, happening, etc., simultaneously.
    1.
    After a plural subject:

    hunc ambo in saxo semul sedent ejecti,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 72:

    multa concurrunt simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 31:

    (duo homines) simul cenare voluerunt,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 4, 14:

    Zmyrnae cum simul essemus compluris dies,

    id. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    tres simul soles effulserunt,

    Liv. 41, 21 fin.:

    tria simul agmina populabantur Indos,

    Curt. 9, 10, 7:

    duo simul hujusmodi personae Ciceroni obstiterunt,

    Quint. 11, 1, 69:

    Othonem multa simul exstimulabant,

    Tac. H. 1, 21; Cic. Fam. 9, 1, 2; id. Att. 5, 10, 5; Liv. 21, 33, 3; 41, 2 init.; Curt. 4, 15, 22.—Sometimes the logical subject is understood:

    multos modios salis simul (i. e. amicis) edendos esse,

    Cic. Lael. 19, 67.—Sometimes both the subject and predicate are understood:

    quare si simul (i. e. nos agere) placebit,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 19, 2.—
    2.
    With a plur. object:

    (Alcumena) uno partu duos peperit semul,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 2, 8:

    duas res simul nunc agere decretum'st mihi,

    Plaut. Merc. prol. 1:

    si duos consules simul ex Italia ejectos... res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    ambo cum simul conspicimus,

    Liv. 40, 46 init.:

    simul omnibus portis erupit,

    id. 40, 48 fin.; cf. Auct. Her. 3, 12, 22; Liv. 8, 37, 5; 21, 60; 40, 30; 42, 7; Curt. 5, 9, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 76; 10, 3, 23; 10, 7, 16.—So with singular implying a plural:

    tota (urbs) simul exsurgere aedificiis coepit,

    Liv. 6, 4, 6:

    totam simul causam ponit ante oculos,

    Quint. 6, 1, 1.—After an adverb. implying a plural noun:

    igitur undique simul (i. e. ex omnibus locis simul) speculatores citi sese ostendunt,

    Sall. J. 101, 1.—
    3.
    Referring [p. 1703] to plural attributes:

    omnium simul rerum... discrimine proposito,

    Liv. 6, 35, 6:

    multarum simul civitatium legati Romam convenerunt,

    id. 43, 6, 1.—
    4.
    Referring to an attributive participle understood:

    multitudo plurium simul gentium (= simul eodem loco versantium),

    Liv. 44, 45:

    trium simul bellorum victor (= eodem tempore gestorum),

    id. 6, 4, 1:

    inter duo simul bella,

    id. 7, 27, 7:

    tot simul malis victi,

    Curt. 4, 4, 12.
    II.
    Referring to nouns, etc., connected by the preposition cum: simul cum = una cum (v. una, s. v. unus), together with:

    novi (illum) cum Calcha semul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 48:

    jube in urbem veniat jam tecum semul,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 26:

    qui ipsus equidem nunc primum istanc tecum conspicio semul?

    id. Am. 2, 2, 122:

    me misisti ad portum cum luci semul,

    id. Stich. 2, 2, 40:

    quae (amicitia) incepta a parvis cum aetate adcrevit simul,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 7:

    simul consilium cum re amisti?

    id. Eun. 2, 2, 10:

    Critolaum simul cum Diogene venisse commemoras,

    Cic. Or. 2, 38, 100:

    Hortensius tecum simul pro Appio Claudio dixit,

    id. Brut. 64, 230:

    cum corporibus simul animos interire,

    id. Lael. 4, 13:

    vobiscum simul considerantis,

    id. Rep. 1, 46, 70:

    testamentum Cyri simul obsignavi cum Clodio,

    id. Mil. 18, 48:

    simul cum lege Aelia magistratum iniit,

    id. Att. 1, 16, 13:

    simul cum lumine pandit,

    id. Arat. 704 (452):

    simul cum moribus immutatur fortuna,

    Sall. C. 2, 5:

    cum anima simul,

    id. ib. 33, 4:

    simul cum occasu solis,

    id. J. 91, 2:

    simul cum dono designavit templi finis,

    Liv. 1, 10, 5:

    si (dictator) se (Fabium) simul cum gloria rei gestae extinxisset,

    id. 8, 31, 7:

    ut cresceret simul et neglegentia cum audacia hosti,

    id. 31, 36, 7; cf. Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 136; id. Aul. 4, 4, 28; id. Bacch. 4, 1, 5; id. Cist. 4, 2, 105; id. Ep. 1, 1, 39; id. Men. prol. 27; 2, 3, 54; 5, 1, 36; id. Merc. 2, 1, 31; id. Most. 1, 2, 17; Cic. Ac. 1, 1, 13; id. Tusc. 3, 18, 40; id. de Or. 2, 33, 142; 3, 3, 10; id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Sest. 22, 50; id. Fam. 15, 4, 8; Liv. 1, 31, 3; Nep. 3, 2; 11, 3; 18, 3; 23, 6; Quint. 11, 3, 65; Hor. Epod. 1, 8; id. S. 1, 1, 58.—Strengthened by una:

    quippe omnes semul didicimus tecum una,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 1, 50; cf. id. Most. 4, 3, 43.—With ellipsis of mecum:

    qui scribis morderi te interdum quod non simul sis,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 8.—Freq. cum eo (eis, etc.) must be supplied after simul, likewise, together with him, them, etc.:

    in vigiliam quando ibat miles, tum tu ibas semul (i. e. cum eo)?

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 86:

    cum simul P. Rutilius venisset,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 11, 17:

    hos qui simul erant missi, fallere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 38, 110:

    prae metu ne simul (i. e. cum iis) Romanus irrumperet,

    Liv. 5, 13, 13:

    extra turbam ordinem conlocuntur semul (i. e. inter se),

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 69; cf. id. ib. 2, 2, 180; Cic. Pis. 34, 84; Liv. 6, 11, 5; Curt. 8, 13, 3.—Simul with abl. alone = cum with abl. ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose; cf. Gr. hama with dat.):

    simul his,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 86:

    quippe simul nobis habitat,

    Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 29:

    his simul,

    Sil. 3, 268:

    Magnetibus simul transmissi,

    Tac. A. 4, 55:

    quindecimviri septemviris simul,

    id. ib. 3, 64; cf. id. ib. 6, 9; Sil. 5, 418; Sen. Troad. 1049.
    III.
    Referring to a preceding adverb. clause, at the same time, i.e. as that of the action described:

    juris ubi dicitur dies, simul patronis dicitur,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 17:

    quamquam ego vinum bibo, at mandata hau consuevi semul bibere una (= bibere quom vinum bibo, una cum vino),

    id. Pers. 2, 1, 3:

    quando nihil sit (quod det), semul amare desinat,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 73 Fleck.:

    ubi res prolatae sunt, quom rus homines eunt, semul prolatae res sunt nostris dentibus,

    id. Capt. 1, 1, 10; id. Ps. 4, 7, 84; cf.:

    domum numquam introibis, nisi feres pallam simul (i. e. cum introibis),

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 104.
    IV.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate terms or facts representing these as simultaneous, and at the same time, and also, both... and ( at once), together.
    1.
    Referring to co-ordinate terms of the same sentence.
    a.
    Simul preceding all the coordinate terms which are connected by et, ac, atque, que, or by et... et (freq. in the histt.):

    semul flere sorbereque haud facile est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 104:

    Q. Hortensi ingenium simul aspectum et probatum est,

    Cic. Brut. 64, 228: Bomilcar, simul cupidus incepta patrandi, et timore socii anxius, Sall. J. 70, 5:

    dicenti lacrimae simul spiritum et vocem intercluserunt,

    Liv. 40, 16 init.:

    quae simul auxilio tribunicio et consensu plebis impediri coepta,

    id. 6, 27, 9:

    Lycios sub Rhodiorum simul imperio et tutela esse,

    id. 41, 6 fin.:

    Priverni qui simul a Fundanis ac Romanis defecerunt,

    id. 8, 19, 11:

    simul divinae humanaeque spei pleni pugnam poscunt,

    id. 10, 40, 1:

    eximio simul honoribus atque virtutibus,

    id. 6, 11, 3:

    obruit animum simul luctus metusque,

    id. 42, 28; 5, 26, 10; Val. Max. 5, 2, 6:

    simul ipsum Vitellium contemnebant metuebantque,

    Tac. H. 2, 92; cf. Liv. 3, 38, 12; 3, 50, 12; 5, 7, 3; 6, 18, 5; 6, 33, 9; 6, 40, 4; 9, 12, 4; 27, 51, 12; Caes. B. G. 7, 48; Curt. 5, 4, 30; Sen. Q. N. 2, 54, 2.—So with three or more co-ordinate terms, either all connected by et, Caes. B. G. 4, 24, 2; Quint. 1, 12, 3; 10, 7, 23;

    or asyndetic: nunc simul res, fides, fama, virtus, decus deseruerunt,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 60.—
    b.
    Simul after all the coordinate terms (mostly ante-class.):

    nunc operam potestis ambo mihi dare et vobis simul,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 40:

    faxo et operam et vinum perdiderit simul,

    id. Aul. 3, 6, 42:

    ut si quis sacrilegii et homicidii simul accusetur,

    Quint. 12, 1, 4; cf. Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 92; id. Men. 3, 3, 16; Mart. 11, 58, 10.—
    c.
    Simul after the first of the co-ordinate terms (so not in Cic.):

    convenit regnum simul atque locos ut haberet,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 6, fr. 3:

    oculis simul ac mente turbatum,

    Liv. 7, 26, 5:

    quod ubi auditum simul visumque est,

    id. 8, 39, 7:

    pulvere simul ac sudore perfusum,

    Curt. 3, 5, 2:

    terrestri simul navalique clade,

    id. 4, 3, 14:

    vota nuncupabantur simul et solvebantur,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:

    qui ima simul ac summa foveret aequaliter,

    Sen. Ep. 90, 25; cf. Liv. 4, 32, 12; Curt. 3, 8, 23; 6, 5, 19; 8, 5, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 30.—In post-Aug. prose without any temporal idea, = as well as:

    populi Romani facta simul ac dicta memoratu digna... deligere constitui,

    Val. Max. 1 prol.; so id. 1, 1, 9.—
    d.
    Placed before the last term.
    (α).
    Simul et (= simul etiam), and at the same time, and also:

    Jugurtha, postquam oppidum Capsam aliosque locos munitos, simul et magnam pecuniam amiserat,

    Sall. J. 97, 1:

    Marium fatigantem de profectione, simul et invisum et offensum,

    id. ib. 73, 2:

    Marius hortandi causa, simul et nobilitatem exagitandi, contionem advocavit,

    id. ib. 84, 5:

    milites modesto imperio habiti, simul et locupletes,

    id. ib. 92, 2:

    Perseus cum adventu consulis, simul et veris principio strepere omnia cerneret,

    Liv. 44, 34 fin.; cf. Hor. C. 1, 20, 6.—
    (β).
    Simulque (rare):

    ut (materia) fragilis incumberet, simulque terra umore diluta,

    Curt. 8, 10, 25.—
    (γ).
    Simul, without any conjunction (so in Cic., but only poet.):

    Neptuno grates habeo et tempestatibus, semul Mercurio qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 3, 1, 3:

    Electra Stereopeque, simul sanctissima Maja,

    Cic. Arat. 270 (36):

    inter solis iter, simul inter flamina venti,

    id. ib. 342 (101):

    ambiguus consilii, num Dyrrhachium pedite atque equite, simul longis navibus mare clauderet,

    Tac. H. 2, 83. —
    e.
    Inserted in the last term ( poet.):

    memor Actae non alio rege puertiae, Mutataeque simul togae,

    Hor. C. 1, 36, 9;

    interea Maecenas advenit atque Coccejus, Capitoque simul Fontejus,

    id. S. 1, 5, 32.—
    2.
    Referring to two or more co-ordinate clauses or sentences.
    a.
    Et simul or simulque:

    contundam facta Talthybi, contem namque omnes nuntios, semulque cursuram meditabor ad ludos Olympios,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 1, 34:

    eamus, et de istac simul consilium volo capere una tecum,

    i. e. while going, Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 65:

    quod... et simul quia,

    Lucr. 5, 1181:

    ratio Ecquaenam fuerit origo... et simul ecquae sit finis, etc.,

    id. 5, 1213:

    sed iidem illi ita mecum loquuntur... et simul admonent quiddam quod cavebimus, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 11, 28:

    ex tuis litteris cognovi festinationem tuam, et simul sum admiratus cur, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 8, 1:

    emergit Nixi caput, et simul effert sese clara Fides et, etc.,

    id. Arat. 713 (460):

    postquam Rutilium consedisse accepit, simulque ex Jugurthae proelio clamorem augeri,

    Sall. J. 52, 6:

    equites ex equis desiliunt, simulque et hosti se opponunt, et animos peditum accendunt,

    Liv. 3, 62, 8:

    tum rigere omnibus corpora... et simul lassitudine et... fame etiam deficere,

    id. 21, 54, 9; 41, 3; Cic. Arat. 504 (259); 545 (299); Curt. 4, 2, 21; Quint. 2, 5, 13.—
    b.
    Simul with autem or enim, introducing the second sentence:

    salve! simul autem vale!

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 1, 1: augeamus sane suspicionem tuam;

    simul enim augebimus diligentiam,

    Cic. Marc. 7, 22.—
    c.
    Simul preceding co-ordinate sentences, generally connected by et... et, but also by a single copulative conjunction:

    simul enim et rei publicae consules, et propones ei exempla ad imitandum,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 2, 5:

    illa autem altera ratio quae simul et opinionem falsam tollit, et aegritudinem detrahit,

    id. Tusc. 4, 28, 60:

    simul et inopiam frumenti lenire, et ignaris omnibus parare,

    Sall. J. 91, 1:

    nullus portus erat qui simul et omnis onerarias caperet, et tecta legionibus praeberet,

    Liv. 32, 18, 3:

    simul et cohors invasit, et ex omnibus oppidi partibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 3: simul Metelli imagines dereptae, et missi qui Antonio nuntiarent. Tac. H. 3, 13; cf. Suet. Caes. 57.—
    3.
    Referring to co-ordinate clauses introduced by subordinating conjunctions:

    Mnesilochum ut requiram atque ut eum mecum ad te adducam semul,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 5, 2:

    tantum faciam ut notam apponam... et simul significem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 6, 2:

    quod eo liberius ad te seribo, quia nostrae laudi favisti, simulque quod video non novitati esse invisum meae,

    id. ib. 1, 7, 8; 7, 10, 3.—If used in connecting dependent clauses, simul often stands for a co-ordinating conjunction; v. VI. infra.
    V.
    Introducing an independent sentence, at the same time, also, likewise (cf.: itaque, igitur, deinde, tum, etc.).
    1.
    Simul alone:

    ego Tiresiam consulam quid faciundum censeat: semul hanc rem ut facta est eloquar,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 77:

    sequimini! simul circumspicite ne quis adsit arbiter,

    id. Mil. 4, 4, 1:

    alterum ipse efficiam ut attente audiatis. Simul illud oro: si, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10:

    hoc proprium virtutis existimant... simul hoc se fore tutiores arbitrantur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    Valerio Samnitium legiones occurrunt... simul in Campanos stimulabat ira,

    Liv. 7, 32, 3:

    tibi (Apollo) decimam partem praedae voveo. Te simul, Juno, precor ut, etc.,

    id. 5, 21, 3.—
    2.
    More freq. simul et (= etiam):

    quia videbitur Magis verisimile id esse... simul et conficiam facilius ego quod volo,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 55:

    nolite committere ut in re tam inveterata quidquam novi sentiatis. Simul et illa omnia ante oculos vestros proponite, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65:

    demonstravi haec Caecilio. Simul et illud ostendi, me ei satisfacturum,

    id. Att. 1, 1, 4:

    legati jam reverterant... simul venerant et ab rege Perseo oratores qui, etc.,

    Liv. 41, 19 med.:

    ipse ad Sycurium progressus, opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit. Simul et frumentari passim exercitum jubet,

    id. 42, 54 fin.; cf. Plaut. Stich. 5, 5, 14; Cic. Or. 2, 85, 349; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 12, § 34; id. Prov. Cons. 15, 36; id. Balb. 25, 56; id. Arat. 618 (372); 628 (382); 707 (454); 721 (468); Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 6, 8; Sall. C. 30, 2; id. J. 100, 3; Liv. 8, 9, 13; 8, 32, 5; 10, 3, 2; 40, 32; 4, 49, 3; Tac. H. 1, 1; 1, 52; 2, 53; 3, 15; 3, 18; 3, 20; 3, 29; 3, 42; 3, 82.
    VI.
    Simul itself stands as co-ordinating conjunction, to connect dependent clauses represented as contemporaneous, and at the same time, and also (not ante-class.; rare in Cic.;

    freq. in the histt.): ei Verres possessionem negat se daturum, ne posset patronum suum juvare, simul ut esset poena quod, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 47, § 124:

    omnes vocat ad diripiendos Eburones, ut potius Gallorum vita quam legionarius miles periclitetur, simul ut... pro tali facinore stirps et nomen civitatis tollatur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 34: quippe foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat;

    simul quia boni complures praesidium in eo putabant,

    Sall. C. 19, 2:

    cujus de virtute, quia multi dixere, praetereundum puto, simul ne per insolentiam quis existumet memet studium meum laudando extollere,

    id. J. 4, 2:

    nihil horum... discere cum cerneret posse, simul et tirocinio et perturbatione juvenis moveretur, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 47:

    a sermone Graeco puerum incipere malo, quia Latinum vel nobis nolentibus perhibet, simul quia disciplinis quoque Graecis prius instruendus est,

    Quint. 1, 1, 12; Sall. J. 20, 1; Liv. 39, 33, 1; 8, 6, 11; Caes. B. C. 43, 2; Sall. C. 20, 3; 56, 5; Liv. 3, 50, 10; 40, 36 init.; Tac. H. 1, [p. 1704] 70;

    2, 15.—So, connecting participial expressions or adverbial phrases with dependent clauses: his amicis confisus Catilina, simul quod aes alienum ingens erat, et quod... opprimendae reipublicae consilium cepit,

    Sall. C. 16, 4:

    hi, quod res in invidia erat, simul et ab Numidis obsecrati,

    id. J. 25, 5:

    ob eam iram, simul ut praeda militem aleret, duo milia peditum... populari agrum jussit,

    Liv. 21, 52, 5; 3, 66, 3:

    equites praemisit speculatum, simul ut ignem exstinguerent,

    Curt. 4, 10, 11:

    Otho, quamquam turbidis rebus, etc., simul reputans non posse, etc.,

    Tac. H. 1, 83 init.:

    committere igitur eum (locum) non fidelissimis sociis noluit, simul quod ab illa parte urbis navibus aditus ex alto est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 32, § 84; Liv. 9, 2, 5; Tac. H. 1, 70 fin.; 2, 28; 2, 30.
    VII.
    Simul. as co-ordinating conjunction, is frequently placed before each of the co-ordinate terms (simul... simul = hama men... hama de), partly... partly; not only... but at the same time (not anteAug.).
    1.
    With independent clauses:

    simul castra oppugnabantur, simul pars exercitus ad populandum agrum Romanum missa,

    Liv. 3, 5, 2:

    accolas Hannibal simul perlicit ad naves fabricandas, simul et ipsi traici exercitum cupiebant,

    id. 21, 26, 7:

    ab his simul custodes trucidari coepti, simul datum signum armatis ut ex insidiis concurrerent,

    id. 9, 25, 8:

    simul gratias agit, simul gratulatur quod, etc.,

    Curt. 6, 7, 15; cf. Verg. A. 1, 631 sq.; 2, 220 sqq.; 12, 268; Liv. 1, 9, 5.—
    2.
    With dependent clauses:

    venit ad quaerendum, simul quod non deducerent praesidia, simul quod in Bithyniam auxilia missi forent,

    Liv. 39, 46 fin.:

    Perseus cum audisset, simul Meliboeam a consulis exercitu oppugnari, simul classem Iolci stare,

    id. 44, 13 init.:

    consul ad Phylan ducit, simul ut praesidium firmaret, simul ut militi frumentum divideret,

    id. 44, 8, 1:

    simul questi... simul nuntiantes,

    id. 42, 46:

    plus quam imponebatur oneris recepi, simul ut pleniore obsequio demererer amantissimos mei, simul ne... alienis vestigiis insisterem, Quint. prooem. 3.—Rarely connecting a dependent clause with an independent sentence: Athenas ierant, simul ut pro legatione praemio esset honos, simul peritos legum peregrinarum ad condenda nova jura usui fore credebant,

    Liv. 3, 35, 5; cf. Verg. A. 12, 758.—
    3.
    Co-ordinating dependent clauses with adverbial phrases:

    Germani frequenter in castra venerunt, simul sui purgandi causa, simul ut de induciis impetrarent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 13:

    Philippus, simul ne ocio miles deterior fieret, simul avertendae suspicionis causa... in Maedicam ducere pergit,

    Liv. 40, 21, 1. —
    4.
    Connecting single nouns or phrases belonging to the same predicate:

    cum simul fragor rupti pontis, simul clamor Romanorum impetum sustinuit,

    Liv. 2, 10, 10:

    ad se simul legatos, simul milites missos,

    id. 42, 52 med.:

    et Romae simul dilectu, simul tributo conferendo laboratum est,

    id. 5, 10, 3:

    increpando simul temeritatem, simul ignaviam,

    id. 2, 65, 4:

    tum vero si mul ab hostibus, simul ab iniquitate loco rum Poeni oppugnabantur,

    id. 21, 33, 5:

    inter simul complorationem feminarum, simul nefandam caedem,

    id. 41, 11:

    simul a mari, simul a terra ingredienti,

    id. 44, 12 med.; cf. Tac. A. 1, 49; 14, 40; id. Agr. 25; 36; 41; Verg. G. 3, 201; id. A. 1, 513; Hor. S. 2, 2, 73.
    VIII.
    Simul, in connection with ac, atque (also written in one word,

    sĭmŭlac

    , sĭmŭlatque), rarely with ut, and very rarely with et, is used as subordinating, temporal conjunction, as soon as. For simulac, etc., simul alone is freq.
    1.
    Simul ac: simul ac lacrimas de ore noegeo (i. e. candido) detersit, Liv. And. ap. Fest. p. 174 Mull.:

    Demenaetum simul ac conspexero hodie,

    Plaut. As. 2, 4, 73:

    non simul ac se ipse commovit, sensit quid intersit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    si simul ac procul conspexit armatos, recessisset,

    id. Caecil. 16, 46:

    dicebam, simul ac timere desisses, similem te futurum tui,

    id. Phil. 2, 35, 89:

    Alcibiades, simul ac se remiserat, dissolutus reperiebatur,

    Nep. Alcib. 1. 4:

    at mihi plaudo Ipse domi, simul ac nummos contemplor in arca,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 67; cf. Cic. N. D. 1, 38, 108; id. Fam. 15, 16, 2; id. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 2, 19, § 46; id. Or. 2, 27, 117; Verg. A. 4, 90; 12, 222; Ov. M. 2, 167; Hor. S. 1, 2, 33; 1, 4, 119; 1, 8, 21.—Strengthened by primum (= ut primum):

    simul ac primum ei occasio visa est, quaestor consulem deseruit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 13, § 34; so id. ib. 2, 1, 52, § 138; id. Phil. 4, 1, 1; Suet. Caes. 30; id. Ner. 43.—
    2.
    Simul atque:

    L. Clodius, simul atque introductus est, rem conficit,

    Cic. Clu. 14, 40:

    simul atque increpuit suspicio tumultus, artes ilico nostrae conticescunt,

    id. Mur. 10, 22:

    simul atque audivit ejus interitum, suo Marte res suas recuperavit,

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 95:

    simul atque enim se infiexit hic rex in dominatum injustiorem, fit continuo tyrannus,

    id. Rep. 2, 26, 49:

    simul atque sibi hic adnuisset, numeraturum se dicebat,

    id. Quint. 5, 18:

    qui, simul atque in oppidum venerat, inmittebantur illi continuo Cibyratici canes,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 21, § 47:

    simul atque de Caesaris adventu cognitum est,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 3, 3; cf. Cic. Planc. 41, 98; id. Phil. 8, 10, 31; Suet. Caes. 29; id. Galb. 7.—
    3.
    Simul ut (v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33):

    simul ut experrecti sumus, visa illa contemnimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 16, 51:

    simul ut accepi a Seleuco litteras tuas, statim quaesivi, etc.,

    id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:

    nostros omnia consequi potuisse, simul ut velle coepissent,

    id. Tusc. 4, 2, 5; id. Q. Fr. 2, 5, 3 (6, 2):

    simul ut, qui sint professi, videro, dicam,

    id. Planc. 6, 14; id. Att. 10, 4, 12:

    nam simul ut supero se totum lumine Cancer extulit, extemplo cedit delapsa Corona,

    id. Arat. 596 (349).—
    4.
    Simul et:

    simul et quid erit certi, scribam ad te,

    Cic. Att. 2, 20, 2:

    ego ad te statim habebo quod scribam, simul et videro Curionem,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 12:

    quam accepi simul et in Cumanum veni,

    id. ib. 10, 16, 4; 16, 11, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6, 3. In all these passages the Cod. Med. has simul et, which the editors variously changed into simulatque, simulac, simul ut, simul; so,

    omne animal simul et ortum est, se ipsum diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33, where the vulg. has simul ut, and Madv. reads simul [et] ortum.—
    5.
    Simul ubi:

    quod simul ubi conspexit, equites emisit,

    Liv. 4, 18, 7 dub. Weissenb. ad loc.—
    6.
    Simul alone, = simul atque:

    simul herbae inceperint nasci,

    Cato, R. R. 48:

    hic simul argentum repperit, cura sese expedivit,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 4, 4: simul limen intrabo, illi extrabunt illico, Afran. ap. Non. 104, 21 (Com. Rel. v. 5 Rib.):

    simul inflavit tibicen, a perito carmen agnoscitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 27, 86:

    nostri, simul in arido constiterunt, in hostes impetum fecerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 26 fin.:

    simul increpuere arma, hostis pedem rettulit,

    Liv. 6, 24, 1; cf. Cic. Tusc. 4, 6, 12; id. Fin. 3, 6, 21; id. Arat. 594 (349); Caes. B. C. 1, 30, 3; Liv. 3, 62, 6; 4, 18, 6; 4, 31, 5; 4, 32, 6; 5, 25, 11; 8, 32, 2; 21, 55, 9; 44, 8 med.; 44, 19; 44, 44 fin.; Curt. 3, 11, 4; Phaedr. 3, 16, 16; Hor. C. 1, 12, 27; 3, 4, 37; Verg. G. 4, 232; Ov. F. 1, 567.—Strengthened by primum:

    simul primum magistratio abiit, dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    simul primum anni tempus navigabile praebuisset mare,

    id. 35, 44, 5 Weissenb. ad loc.; Suet. Caes. 30.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > simul

  • 6 tum

    tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
    I.
    Absol.
    A.
    Referring to a time previously specified.
    1.
    To a definite past time.
    (α).
    To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:

    is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,

    Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:

    quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:

    cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,

    id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:

    erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,

    id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:

    vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,

    Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;

    44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,

    Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;

    39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,

    Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
    (β).
    Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:

    insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,

    Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;

    ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:

    jam duo restabant fata tum,

    id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;

    5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:

    scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,

    id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:

    hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,

    id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:

    hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 112:

    eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,

    Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;

    2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,

    id. 8, 3, 9:

    Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,

    id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;

    1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,

    Vell. 1, 8, 3:

    tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,

    id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:

    non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,

    Curt. 3, 11, 5:

    Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,

    Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:

    quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,

    Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
    (γ).
    Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:

    quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,

    Cic. Clu. 20, 55:

    cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,

    id. ib. 27, 75:

    Caere, opulento tum oppido,

    Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:

    praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,

    Tac. H. 4, 9.—
    (δ).
    Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;

    nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:

    tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:

    quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:

    tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
    (ε).
    Opposed to another time specified:

    itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:

    itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,

    id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:

    sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,

    Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;

    21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,

    Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
    (ζ).
    In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;

    ut tum accidit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:

    foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,

    Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
    (η).
    Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:

    quis tum non ingemuit?

    Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:

    ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,

    id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;

    nunc agendum est subtilius,

    id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:

    itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,

    i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:

    M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,

    Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:

    sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,

    Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:

    Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,

    Ov. M. 14, 474.—

    With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 39:

    emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,

    id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;

    so repeated seven times,

    id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
    (θ).
    Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):

    atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,

    Cic. Clu. 20, 56:

    itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,

    id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
    2.
    In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:

    quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?

    if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:

    (dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,

    id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:

    moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,

    id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    (α).
    Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:

    tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
    (β).
    With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:

    qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:

    deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),

    Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;

    4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
    (γ).
    With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;

    fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,

    Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:

    ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,

    Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;

    tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,

    id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;

    tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    To a definite time before mentioned:

    ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,

    i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:

    jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,

    Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:

    tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
    (β).
    With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:

    quom videbis, tum scies,

    id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;

    Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,

    id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:

    confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:

    agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
    B.
    Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
    1.
    Simple sequence in time.
    (α).
    Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;

    otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,

    Enn. Ann. 179:

    dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);

    tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:

    dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:

    hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;

    5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,

    Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;

    3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,

    Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
    (β).
    In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:

    tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,

    Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:

    tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,

    Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:

    tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,

    Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
    (γ).
    Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:

    at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,

    Lucr. 5, 399:

    madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;

    7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,

    Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
    2.
    Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
    (α).
    Succession of time proper:

    ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:

    primum... deinde... tum... postremo,

    id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;

    postremum, etc.,

    Liv. 2, 39, 4:

    primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,

    id. 9, 6, 1:

    primo... deinde... tum... tum,

    id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;

    23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,

    Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
    (β).
    So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;

    not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,

    Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:

    tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:

    tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,

    id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
    (γ).
    Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:

    qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
    C.
    Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
    1.
    Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;

    rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,

    Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:

    magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;

    duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,

    Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):

    quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:

    faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
    2.
    Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
    (α).
    With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;

    tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
    (β).
    Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):

    tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:

    tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:

    mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,

    id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:

    (alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,

    id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:

    dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,

    Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:

    plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;

    so three times,

    id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;

    four times,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;

    five times,

    id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;

    six times,

    id. ib. 1, 53, 120;

    seven times,

    Quint. 9, 4, 133;

    nine times,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):

    Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,

    at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
    (γ).
    Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):

    ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:

    tum... tum... aliquando,

    id. Div. 2, 2, 6:

    tum... tum... aut... aut,

    id. Or. 61, 204:

    modo... tum autem,

    id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:

    nunc... nunc... tum... tum,

    Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
    (δ).
    Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):

    Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,

    Vell. 2, 68, 3:

    Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,

    Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:

    Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,

    id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;

    and with etiam,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
    3.
    As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
    a.
    Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):

    quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:

    quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:

    quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:

    cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,

    id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:

    haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
    b.
    Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):

    nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
    c.
    Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:

    visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:

    movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,

    Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —
    d.
    With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:

    quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:

    luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:

    concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,

    Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:

    quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
    e.
    Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
    (α).
    By vero:

    cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,

    in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
    (β).
    By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:

    cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:

    cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
    (γ).
    By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:

    cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:

    fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
    (δ).
    By inprimis, chiefly, principally:

    cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
    (ε).
    By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
    (ζ).
    By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:

    at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
    (η).
    By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:

    cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,

    Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
    (θ).
    By etiam, besides, as well:

    cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,

    Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:

    quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,

    id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:

    cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,

    id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
    (ι).
    By quoque, also, besides, as well:

    cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,

    Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
    (κ).
    By et, also, besides, too:

    cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,

    Just. 19, 1, 7.—
    (λ).
    By praeterea, moreover, besides:

    dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
    II.
    Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
    A.
    With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
    1.
    Referring to definite past time.
    a.
    Tum as antecedent of cum:

    jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:

    qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:

    bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,

    id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:

    tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,

    Liv. 45, 3, 7:

    tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,

    Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:

    cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
    b.
    Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
    (α).
    Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:

    cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:

    cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,

    Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
    (β).
    Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:

    id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:

    cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,

    Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
    2.
    Referring to definite present time:

    quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
    3.
    Referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;

    etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:

    nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,

    Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;

    4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,

    Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:

    eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,

    Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
    b.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    As coincident:

    quom amamus, tum perimus,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:

    ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):

    cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:

    nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:

    quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
    (β).
    As subsequent:

    ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:

    eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
    4.
    Referring to future time.
    (α).
    Tum as antecedent of cum:

    quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,

    Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:

    non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    quom videbis, tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:

    de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
    B.
    With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):

    ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:

    ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,

    Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time:

    post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:

    ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,

    Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
    (γ).
    Referring to future time:

    otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:

    ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:

    ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:

    ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,

    Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
    C.
    With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time:

    posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):

    postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,

    Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
    D.
    With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):

    tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,

    Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of definite past time:

    nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:

    sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,

    Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
    (β).
    Referring to future time:

    neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:

    traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),

    Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
    E.
    With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent of the clause.
    (α).
    Of definite past time:

    auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
    (β).
    Of future time:

    at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:

    utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis.
    (α).
    Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):

    quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),

    Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:

    quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,

    Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
    (β).
    Of future time:

    at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,

    Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:

    quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,

    Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:

    quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,

    Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
    F.
    In the apodosis after simul ac:

    an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?

    Lucr. 6, 402.—
    G.
    With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
    1.
    Tum as antecedent:

    sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,

    Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
    2.
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    dum habeat, tum amet,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:

    dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,

    Verg. A. 9, 540.—
    H.
    As antecedent of quamdiu:

    qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
    K.
    Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:

    quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:

    cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
    L.
    After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
    M.
    With conditional clauses.
    1.
    With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
    (α).
    Tum as antecedent of clause:

    tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:

    si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,

    Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,

    Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:

    quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:

    si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,

    Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—

    Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,

    Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
    2.
    With a condition contrary to fact.
    (α).
    Tum, antecedent of clause:

    tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,

    Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,

    id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
    (β).
    Tum introducing the apodosis:

    si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:

    quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,

    Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
    N.
    After an abl. absol.
    1.
    With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
    (α).
    Referring to definite past time:

    ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,

    Cic. Mur. 16, 34:

    sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,

    Sall. C. 61, 1:

    ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,

    Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
    (β).
    Referring to indefinite time:

    hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,

    Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
    (γ).
    Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):

    ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
    2.
    With pres. participles (post-class.):

    tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,

    Just. 12, 15, 6.
    III.
    Particular connections.
    A.
    With other particles of time.
    1.
    Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:

    jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:

    quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,

    Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:

    ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:

    jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;

    24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,

    Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
    2.
    Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
    a.
    Tum demum.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,

    Lucr. 3, 58:

    tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:

    nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,

    Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
    (β).
    In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:

    imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:

    tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:

    cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,

    Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
    (γ).
    Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
    b.
    Tum denique.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5:

    injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
    (β).
    Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):

    tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:

    quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,

    tum denique si,

    id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:

    indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,

    Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
    3.
    Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:

    tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,

    Lucr. 5, 1014:

    ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:

    ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,

    Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
    4.
    With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
    a.
    Deinde tum (very rare):

    primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
    b.
    Tum deinde.
    (α).
    = tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:

    nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,

    Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:

    emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,

    Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:

    quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,

    Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
    (β).
    = an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;

    tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,

    Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
    c.
    With hic:

    hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:

    hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,

    id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:

    hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,

    id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
    d.
    Tum postea:

    tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,

    Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
    5.
    With interim:

    unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
    B.
    With particles of emphasis.
    1.
    Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:

    semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,

    id. Clu. 18, 51:

    tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:

    Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,

    Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:

    deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,

    Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
    (β).
    As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:

    quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,

    Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:

    tum vero... si,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:

    quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,

    Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
    2.
    Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,

    actum quidem,

    id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:

    et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,

    Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;

    7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,

    Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:

    Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,

    Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
    3.
    Ne tum quidem, not even then:

    num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:

    ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:

    ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
    4.
    Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
    (α).
    Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:

    quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,

    Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
    (β).
    Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):

    regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,

    Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:

    per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,

    id. 40, 32, 1; so,

    tum cummaxime,

    id. 43, 7, 8:

    corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,

    Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:

    et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,

    Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
    (γ).
    Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
    5.
    Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):

    C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,

    Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
    6.
    Etiam tum.
    (α).
    Even then:

    etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,

    Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:

    totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,

    even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit,

    id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
    (β).
    Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—

    And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,

    not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
    7.
    Tum etiam.
    (α).
    Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:

    atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:

    qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
    (β).
    Then also, then too, besides:

    tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
    8.
    Tum quoque.
    (α).
    Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;

    nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,

    Lucr. 6, 162:

    tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:

    tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,

    Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
    (β).
    Even then, = etiam tum (rare):

    et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,

    Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
    (γ).
    In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:

    quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,

    Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
    (δ).
    = sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;

    9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,

    Just. 2, 9, 18.—
    9.
    Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:

    nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:

    quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,

    id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:

    tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,

    id. Div. 1, 52, 118:

    ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,

    id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
    C.
    Tum with co-ordinating particles.
    1.
    Tum autem.
    (α).
    = praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;

    tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:

    oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:

    tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
    (β).
    = tum... tum:

    visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?

    Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
    (γ).
    = eo tempore, with autem as connective:

    tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,

    Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:

    tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
    (δ).
    But in this instance:

    uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
    2.
    For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
    3.
    Tum praeterea:

    nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
    4.
    Tum porro:

    tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,

    Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
    D.
    Quid tum?
    1.
    In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:

    quid tum postea?

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
    2.
    In imitation of a dialogue:

    at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
    3.
    As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
    E.
    Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:

    tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,

    Just. 31, 2, 6.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum

  • 7 unus

    ūnus (old forms OINOS and OENOS; cf. Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 9; C. I. L. 1, 32, 35), a, um (scanned gen. sing. unĭus, Lucr. 2, 379; Verg. A. 1, 41; Hor. S. 1, 6, 13 al.:

    unīus,

    Verg. A. 1, 251; Ov. M. 13, 181 al.; ante-class. collat. form of the gen. sing. uni, Titin. ap. Prisc. pp. 694 and 717 P.; dat. m. uno, Varr. R. R. 1, 18, 6; dat. f. unae, Cato, R. R. 19, 1; acc. OINO, C. I. L. l. l.; voc. une, Plaut. ap. Prisc. p. 673 P.; Cat. 37, 17; cf. Varr. L. L. 8, § 63 Müll.; Aug. Conf. 1, 7), num. adj. [cf. Gr. oinê, oios; Goth. ains; Germ. eins; Engl. one].
    I.
    Prop.
    A.
    In gen., one, a single.
    1.
    Sing.:

    dabitur tibi amphora una et una semita, Fons unus, unum aënum et octo dolia,

    Plaut. Cas. 1, 33 sq.:

    mulieres duas pejores esse quam unam,

    id. Curc. 5, 1, 2:

    pluris est oculatus testis unus, quam auriti decem,

    id. Truc. 2, 6, 8:

    unius esse negotium diei,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 82:

    mors Tiberii Gracchi... divisit populum unum in duas partes,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 19, 31:

    cum penes unum est omnium summa rerum, regem illum unum vocamus,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 42:

    qui uno et octogesimo anno scribens est mortuus,

    id. Sen. 5, 13; cf. Plin. 29, 6, 39, § 141.—Corresponding to alter:

    Helvetii continentur unā ex parte flumine Rheno, alterā ex parte monte Jurā,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat,

    Cic. Clu. 64, 178; id. Verr. 2, 4, 29, § 66; 2, 5, 29, § 76:

    exercituum unus... alter,

    Liv. 24, 44, 1:

    ratio triplex: una de vitā et moribus, altera de naturā,

    Cic. Ac. 1, 5, 19:

    cum duas cerneret vias, unam Voluptatis, alteram Virtutis,

    id. Off. 1, 32, 118:

    unam Nicaeam, alteram Bucephalen vocavit,

    Just. 12, 8, 8; and, connected with alter:

    habetur una atque altera contio vehemens,

    repeated, several, Cic. Clu. 28, 77:

    neque in uno aut altero animadversum est, sed jam in pluribus,

    one or two, id. Mur. 21, 43:

    meae verecundiae sufficit unus aut alter, ac potius unus,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 13. 3;

    4, 3, 1: excepto patre tuo, praeterea uno aut altero,

    id. Pan. 45:

    unus atque alter et mox plures,

    Suet. Claud. 12:

    unus et alter assentiuntur,

    Curt. 5, 7, 4:

    sed postquam amans accessit... Unus et item alter,

    Ter. And. 1, 1. 50:

    amici, Qui modo de multis unus et alter erant,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 16;

    rarely unus post unum (= singuli deinceps): interiere,

    Aur. Vict. Epit. 26, 41:

    uno plus Tuscorum cecidisse in acie (sc. quam Romanorum),

    Liv. 2, 7, 2; cf.:

    legem unā plures tribus antiquarunt quam jusserunt,

    id. 5, 30, 7.—
    b.
    With gen. part.: Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres: quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam, etc., Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    totam philosophiam tres in partes diviserunt... quarum cum una sit, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 2, 5:

    superiores tres erant, quarum est una sola defensa,

    id. ib. 5, 7, 20:

    orare ut trium harum rerum unam ab se impetrari sinerent,

    Liv. 42, 23, 5.—
    2.
    Plur.:

    ex unis geminas mihi conficies nuptias,

    Ter. And. 4, 1, 50: molas asinarias unas, et trusatiles unas, Hispanienses unas. Cato, R. R. 10, 4; so,

    molae,

    id. ib. 13, 1:

    quadrigae,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 14:

    similitudines, unae rerum, alterae verborum,

    Auct. Her. 3, 20, 33:

    adductus sum tuis unis et alteris litteris,

    Cic. Att. 14, 18, 1:

    decumae,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 98, § 227:

    tibi invideo, quod unis vestimentis tam diu lautus es,

    id. Fl. 29, 70:

    satis una superque Vidimus excidia,

    Verg. A. 2, 642; Luc. 4, 548.—
    b.
    With gen. part.:

    tria Graecorum genera sunt, quorum uni sunt Athenienses, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 27, 64.—
    B.
    Esp.
    1.
    Adverbial expressions.
    a.
    Ad unum, all together, unanimously, to a man, without exception:

    amplius duūm milium numero ad unum terga vertebant, Auct. B. Afr. 70: consurrexit senatus cum clamore ad unum,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 2, 2:

    Juppiter, si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687:

    cui sunt adsensi ad unum (senatores),

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16, 2:

    ipsos ad unum caedere,

    Curt. 7, 5, 32;

    usu. with omnes,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86; Liv. 21, 42, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 27; cf. ad, C. 2.—
    b.
    In unum, into one, to one place, together:

    Fibrenus divisus aequaliter in duas partes latera haec alluit, rapideque dilapsus cito in unum confluit,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 3, 6; cf. Sall. J. 51, 3; Liv. 30, 11, 4; 44, 7, 8; Verg. E. 7, 2; Ov. R. Am. 673.—
    2.
    Of that which is common to several persons or things, one and the same.
    a.
    Alone.
    (α).
    Sing.:

    cum suo sibi gnato unam ad amicam de die Potare,

    Plaut. As. 4, 2, 16:

    uno exemplo ne omnes vitam viverent,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 132; cf. id. Capt. prol. 20:

    unius aetatis clarissimi et sapientissimi nostrae civitatis viri,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    illa cum uno tempore audīsset, etc.,

    id. Clu. 9, 28:

    atque uno etiam tempore accidit, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 15:

    omnibus hic erit unus honos,

    Verg. A. 5, 308:

    omnes una manet nox,

    Hor. C. 1, 28, 15:

    unus utrique Error,

    id. S. 2, 3, 51:

    parentum injuriae Unius modi sunt ferme,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 31:

    noli putare tolerabiles horum insanias nec unius modi fore,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 5; so,

    unius modi,

    id. Univ. 7.—Esp., uno ore, with one voice, all together, unanimously:

    ceteri amici omnes Uno ore auctores fuere, ut, etc.,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 20:

    de cujus utilitate omnes uno ore consentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23, 86:

    unoque omnes eadem ore fremebant,

    Verg. A. 11, 132.—
    (β).
    Plur.:

    aderit una in unis aedibus,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 76:

    unis moribus et nunquam mutatis legibus vivunt,

    Cic. Fl. 26, 63.—
    b.
    Connected with idem:

    exitus quidem omnium unus et idem fuit,

    Cic. Div. 2, 47, 97:

    in quā (sc. causā) omnes sentirent unum atque idem,

    id. Cat. 4, 7, 14:

    ferar unus et idem,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 200; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 18.—
    c.
    Corresponding to idem:

    non semper idem floribus est honor Vernis, neque uno Luna rubens nitet Vultu,

    Hor. C. 2, 11, 10.—
    3.
    For solus, of that which is alone, by itself; one, alone, only, sole, single.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Alone:

    hic unus, ut ego suspicor, servat fidem,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 4, 21:

    unum hoc scio, hanc meritam esse, ut memor esses sui,

    Ter. And. 1, 5, 46; cf.:

    unum hoc definio, tantam esse necessitatem virtutis, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 1, 1:

    cum mihi sit unum opus hoc a parentibus meis relictum,

    id. ib. 1, 22, 35:

    nunc vero eversis omnibus rebus, una ratio videtur,

    id. Fam. 6, 21, 1:

    itaque unum illud erat insitum priscis illis,

    id. Tusc. 1, 12, 27:

    quove praesidio unus per tot gentes pervenisset?

    Liv. 1, 18, 3:

    erat omnino in Galliā ulteriore legio una,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    Pompejus plus potest unus, quam ceteri omnes,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3:

    cui (sc. mihi) semper uni magis, quam universis, placere voluisti,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 16, § 46:

    qui (sc. Demosthenes) unus eminet inter omnes in omni genere dicendi,

    id. Or. 29, 104:

    te unum in tanto exercitu mihi fuisse adsensorem,

    id. Fam. 6, 21, 1.— Absol.:

    de Antonio nihil dico praeter unum,

    Cic. Sest. 3, 8.—
    (β).
    With ex:

    cum te unum ex omnibus ad dicendum maxime natum aptumque cognōssem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 22, 99: illc unus ex omnibus Italicis intactus profugit, [p. 1934] Sall. J. 67, 3; 69, 4.—
    (γ).
    With gen.:

    ille unus ordinis nostri discessu meo palam exsultavit,

    Cic. Sest. 64, 133:

    quod post Cannensem cladem unus Romanorum imperatorum prospere rem gessisset,

    Liv. 23, 30, 19.—
    (δ).
    With sup.:

    tu, quam ego unam vidi mulierem audacissumam,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 16:

    unus istic servos est sacerrumus,

    id. Most. 4, 2, 67:

    rem unam esse omnium difficillimam,

    Cic. Brut. 6, 25:

    urbem unam mihi amicissimam declinavi,

    id. Planc. 41, 97:

    quo ego uno equite Romano familiarissime utor,

    id. Fam. 13, 43, 1:

    virum unum totius Graeciae doctissimum Platonem accepimus,

    id. Rab. Post. 9, 23.—
    (ε).
    With magis:

    quam Juno fertur terris magis omnibus unam Posthabitā coluisse Samo,

    Verg. A. 1, 15.—
    (ζ).
    With comp.:

    sagacius unus odoror,

    Hor. Epod. 12, 4.—
    (η).
    Strengthened by solus:

    unus est solus inventus, qui, etc.,

    Cic. Sest. 62, 130; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5, § 13:

    ex uno oppido solo,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 75, §

    185: nil admirari prope res est una, Numici, Solaque, quae, etc.,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 1:

    te unum, solum suum depeculatorem, vexatorem... venisse senserunt,

    Cic. Pis. 40, 96:

    unus solusque censebat,

    Plin. Pan. 76.—
    (θ).
    Strengthened by tantum (rare before the Aug. age; once in Cic.; cf. Halm ad Cic. Sull. 22, 62):

    inter bina castra... unum flumen tantum intererat,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 19:

    excepit unum tantum, nihil amplius,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    unius tantum criminis in vincla te duci jubeo,

    Liv. 3, 56, 4 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    unā tantum perforatā navi,

    id. 21, 50, 6; 34, 9, 5; 44, 43, 6; Just. 8, 5, 5; Sen. Ep. 79, 1; Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120; 11, 37, 47, § 131; Cels. 5, 28, 14; cf. absol.:

    unum defuisse tantum superbiae, quod, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 16, 5.—
    (ι).
    Strengthened by modo (class.):

    nam aliis unus modo, aliis plures, aliis omnes eidem videntur,

    Cic. Or. 54, 180:

    hi unum modo quale sit suspicantur,

    id. ib. 9, 28:

    hoc autem si ita sit, ut unum modo sensibus falsum videtur,

    id. Ac. 2, 32, 101; id. Phil. 1, 6, 14; Sall. J. 89, 6; id. H. 3, 61, 12 Dietsch; Liv. 22, 45, 4; 23, 42, 5.—
    (κ).
    Unus for unus omnium maxime:

    quae tibi una in amore atque in deliciis fuit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3; so,

    Nautes, unum Tritonia Pallas Quem docuit,

    Verg. A. 5, 704.—
    (λ).
    Emphat., with negatives, no one person or thing, not a single one, none whatever:

    eum si reddis mihi, praeterea unum nummum ne duis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 81:

    nemo de nobis unus excellat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 36, 105:

    ut unum signum Byzantii ex maximo numero nullum haberent,

    id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    nullā re unā magis oratorem commendari, quam, etc.,

    id. Brut. 59, 216:

    haec adhortatio praetoris non modo quemquam unum elicuit ad suadendum, sed ne fremitum quidem movit (i. e. non modo non... sed),

    Liv. 32, 20, 7:

    quia nemo unus satis dignus regno visus est,

    id. 2, 6, 3:

    eo mortuo ad neminem unum summa imperii redit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 18:

    Rhodiis ut nihil unum insigne, ita omnis generis dona dedit,

    Liv. 41, 20, 7; cf. id. 3, 45, 4.—
    b.
    Plur.:

    sequere me Tres unos passus,

    three single steps, only three steps, Plaut. Bacch. 4, 7, 34:

    unae quinque minae,

    id. Ps. 1, 1, 52:

    ruri dum sum ego unos sex dies,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 129; id. Cist. 4, 2, 68:

    sese unis Suebis concedere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 7:

    Ubii, qui uni legatos miserant,

    id. ib. 4, 16:

    ut unis litteris totius aestatis res gestas ad senatum perscriberem,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 7, 3:

    abs te ipso, qui me accusas, unas mihi scito litteras redditas esse,

    id. Att. 1, 5, 4.
    II.
    Transf., indef., a or an, one, some, some one.
    A.
    Without a pron.
    1.
    Absol.:

    inter mulieres, Quae ibi aderant, forte unam aspicio adulescentulam, etc.,

    Ter. And. 1, 1, 91:

    ibi una aderit mulier lepida, etc.,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 38:

    sicut unus paterfamilias his de rebus loquor,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 29, 132; cf.:

    me una haec res torquet, quod non Pompejum tanquam unus manipularis secutus sim,

    id. Att. 9, 10, 2.—
    2.
    With ex:

    ut me sic audiatis ut unum e togatis,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 22, 36; cf.:

    qui non fuit orator unus e multis: potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,

    id. Brut. 79, 274:

    ex principibus unus nomine Polyaenus,

    Liv. 24, 22, 1:

    unus ex ultimā turbā,

    id. 24, 27, 1.—
    3.
    With de:

    tenuis L. Verginius unusque de multis,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 66. —
    4.
    With gen. part. (not in Cic.):

    eregione unius eorum pontium,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 35:

    Apollonides principum unus orationem habuit,

    Liv. 24, 28, 1:

    pastorum unus,

    id. 10, 4, 8:

    servus unus exulum initium fecit,

    id. 25, 23, 6:

    scortum transfugarum unius,

    id. 26, 12, 16; 26, 33, 11; 30, 42, 30; 37, 23, 7;

    40, 5, 10: unus turbae militaris,

    id. 22, 42, 4; 6, 40, 6:

    unus hostium Latinae linguae sciens,

    Tac. A. 2, 13:

    una Amazonum,

    id. ib. 4, 56:

    unum se civium (esse) respondit,

    id. ib. 12, 5.—
    5.
    With sup.:

    est huic unus servos violentissimus, Qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 39; cf.:

    tanquam mihi cum M. Crasso contentio esset, non cum uno gladiatore nequissimo,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7.—
    B.
    With,
    1.
    Aliquis:

    ex quibus si unum aliquod in te cognoveris, etc.,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 9, 27; cf.:

    ad unum aliquem confugere,

    id. Off. 2, 12, 41:

    unius alicujus,

    id. Fin. 3, 19, 64; id. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 62; 2, 2, 3, § 9; id. Phil. 10, 1, 3.—In the order aliquis unus, Cic. Rep. 1, 32, 48.—
    2.
    Quidam:

    est enim eloquentia una quaedam de summis virtutibus,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 14, 55:

    unius cujusdam,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 40.—
    3.
    Quivis:

    si tu solus aut quivis unus, etc.,

    Cic. Caecin. 22, 62.—
    4.
    Quilibet:

    queratur unus quilibet militis mei injuriam,

    Liv. 42, 42, 3:

    unus Quiritium quilibet,

    id. 6, 40, 6:

    quilibet unus ex iis, quos, etc.,

    id. 9, 17, 15.—
    5.
    Quisque:

    ponite ante oculos unum quemque regum,

    Cic. Par. 1, 2, 11; so,

    unus quisque (and sometimes in one word, unusquisque): unāquāque de re,

    id. Font. 10, 21:

    unum quodque,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 83:

    unum quidque,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 29:

    domini capitis unius cujusque,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 32, 48.—
    6.
    Quisquis:

    sin unum quicquid singillatim et placide percontabere,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 39:

    unum quicquid,

    Lucr. 5, 1388.—
    C.
    Private, un official, a private person, a private citizen (post-class.):

    dicentes publicam violationem fidei non debere unius lui sanguine,

    Vell. 2, 1, 5:

    pro uno homine jactura publica pacisceris,

    Sen. Suas. 7, 3.— Adv.: ūnā (acc. to I. B. 1.), in one and the same place, at the same time, in company, together:

    qui cum Amphitruone hinc una ieram in exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 248:

    hic Juppiter hodie ipse aget, Et ego una cum illo,

    id. ib. prol. 95:

    quod summi puerorum amores saepe una cum praetextā togā ponerentur,

    Cic. Lael. 10, 33:

    i mecum, obsecro, una simul,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 3, 43:

    mandata eri perierunt, una et Sosia,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 182:

    si mei consilii causam rationemque cognoverit, una et id quod facio probabit, et, etc.,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 1:

    qui una venerant,

    id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:

    cum et ego essem una et pauci admodum familiares,

    id. Lael. 1, 2:

    si in Italiā consistat (Pompejus), erimus una,

    id. Att. 7, 10; id. Fin. 2, 24, 79; id. Brut. 21, 81.— Poet., with dat.:

    Pallas huic filius una, Una omnes juvenum primi pauperque senatus Tura dabant,

    at the same time, along with him, Verg. A. 8, 104 sq.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > unus

  • 8 universi

    ūnĭversus, a, um ( poet. contr., unvorsum, Lucr. 4, 262; plur. OINVORSEI, S. C. Bacch.), adj. [unus-verto, turned into one, combined into one whole], all together, all taken collectively, whole, entire, collective, general, universal (opp. singuli).
    (α).
    Sing.:

    universa provincia,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 69, § 168:

    terra,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    familia,

    id. Caecin. 20, 58:

    mare,

    id. Fin. 2, 34, 112; 4, 2, 3:

    universum mundum complecti,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    Gallia,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 39, 2:

    triduum,

    three days together, Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 18:

    vita,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 15, 44:

    odium tantum ac tam universum,

    id. Pis. 27, 65:

    confusa atque universa defensio,

    id. Sest. 2, 5:

    universa et propria oratoris vis,

    id. de Or. 1, 15, 64:

    de universā philosophiā,

    id. Tusc. 3, 3, 6:

    bellum,

    Liv. 7, 11, 1:

    dimicatio,

    a general engagement, id. 22, 32, 2; so,

    pugna,

    id. 27, 12, 9.—Strengthened by totus:

    lupus Gregem universum voluit totum avortere,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 134.—
    (β).
    Plur.:

    de universis generibus rerum dicere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 17, 71:

    ex iis rebus universis eloquentia constat, quibus in singulis elaborare permagnum est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 19:

    ut eadem sit utilitas uniuscujusque et universorum,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 26:

    quae (virtus) etiam populos universos tueri soleat,

    id. Lael. 14, 50:

    in illum universi tela coniciunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 44; 4, 26; 7, 17:

    qui (Democritus) ita sit ausus ordiri: haec loquor de universis. Nihil excipit, de quo non profiteatur: quid enim esse potest extra universa?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 73.—Strengthened by omnes:

    id genus hominum omnibus Universis est adversum,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 40:

    talibus dictis universi omnes assensere,

    App. M. 7, p. 189. —
    II.
    Substt.
    A.
    ūnĭversi, ōrum, m., the whole body of citizens, all men together:

    cum crudelitate unius oppressi essent universi,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 31, 43:

    et earum urbium separatim ab universis singulos diligunt (di),

    id. N. D. 2, 66, 165:

    si universi videre optimum et in eo consentire possent, nihil opus esset pluribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 52; Suet. Galb. 10.—
    B.
    ūnĭversum, i, n., the whole world, the universe:

    tum censet imagines divinitate praeditas inesse in universitate rerum: tum principia mentis, quae sunt in eodem universo, deos esse dicit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    genitor universi,

    Col. 3, 10, 10.—
    2.
    Adverb.: in universum, as a whole, in general, generally (not in Cic. or Cæs.):

    non nominatim, sed in universum,

    Liv. 9, 26, 8: terra etsi aliquando specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda, Tac. G. 5; so id. ib. 6; Plin. 6, 17, 19, § 50.—Hence, adv.: ūnĭversē, in general, generally (cf.:

    omnmo, generatim, communiter): singillatim potius quam generatim atque universe loqui,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    cetera universe mandavi: illud proprie, ne pateretur prorogari nobis provincias,

    id. Att. 5, 2, 1; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 268.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > universi

  • 9 universum

    ūnĭversus, a, um ( poet. contr., unvorsum, Lucr. 4, 262; plur. OINVORSEI, S. C. Bacch.), adj. [unus-verto, turned into one, combined into one whole], all together, all taken collectively, whole, entire, collective, general, universal (opp. singuli).
    (α).
    Sing.:

    universa provincia,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 69, § 168:

    terra,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    familia,

    id. Caecin. 20, 58:

    mare,

    id. Fin. 2, 34, 112; 4, 2, 3:

    universum mundum complecti,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    Gallia,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 39, 2:

    triduum,

    three days together, Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 18:

    vita,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 15, 44:

    odium tantum ac tam universum,

    id. Pis. 27, 65:

    confusa atque universa defensio,

    id. Sest. 2, 5:

    universa et propria oratoris vis,

    id. de Or. 1, 15, 64:

    de universā philosophiā,

    id. Tusc. 3, 3, 6:

    bellum,

    Liv. 7, 11, 1:

    dimicatio,

    a general engagement, id. 22, 32, 2; so,

    pugna,

    id. 27, 12, 9.—Strengthened by totus:

    lupus Gregem universum voluit totum avortere,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 134.—
    (β).
    Plur.:

    de universis generibus rerum dicere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 17, 71:

    ex iis rebus universis eloquentia constat, quibus in singulis elaborare permagnum est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 19:

    ut eadem sit utilitas uniuscujusque et universorum,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 26:

    quae (virtus) etiam populos universos tueri soleat,

    id. Lael. 14, 50:

    in illum universi tela coniciunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 44; 4, 26; 7, 17:

    qui (Democritus) ita sit ausus ordiri: haec loquor de universis. Nihil excipit, de quo non profiteatur: quid enim esse potest extra universa?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 73.—Strengthened by omnes:

    id genus hominum omnibus Universis est adversum,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 40:

    talibus dictis universi omnes assensere,

    App. M. 7, p. 189. —
    II.
    Substt.
    A.
    ūnĭversi, ōrum, m., the whole body of citizens, all men together:

    cum crudelitate unius oppressi essent universi,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 31, 43:

    et earum urbium separatim ab universis singulos diligunt (di),

    id. N. D. 2, 66, 165:

    si universi videre optimum et in eo consentire possent, nihil opus esset pluribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 52; Suet. Galb. 10.—
    B.
    ūnĭversum, i, n., the whole world, the universe:

    tum censet imagines divinitate praeditas inesse in universitate rerum: tum principia mentis, quae sunt in eodem universo, deos esse dicit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    genitor universi,

    Col. 3, 10, 10.—
    2.
    Adverb.: in universum, as a whole, in general, generally (not in Cic. or Cæs.):

    non nominatim, sed in universum,

    Liv. 9, 26, 8: terra etsi aliquando specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda, Tac. G. 5; so id. ib. 6; Plin. 6, 17, 19, § 50.—Hence, adv.: ūnĭversē, in general, generally (cf.:

    omnmo, generatim, communiter): singillatim potius quam generatim atque universe loqui,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    cetera universe mandavi: illud proprie, ne pateretur prorogari nobis provincias,

    id. Att. 5, 2, 1; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 268.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > universum

  • 10 universus

    ūnĭversus, a, um ( poet. contr., unvorsum, Lucr. 4, 262; plur. OINVORSEI, S. C. Bacch.), adj. [unus-verto, turned into one, combined into one whole], all together, all taken collectively, whole, entire, collective, general, universal (opp. singuli).
    (α).
    Sing.:

    universa provincia,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 69, § 168:

    terra,

    id. Rep. 1, 17, 26:

    familia,

    id. Caecin. 20, 58:

    mare,

    id. Fin. 2, 34, 112; 4, 2, 3:

    universum mundum complecti,

    id. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    Gallia,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 39, 2:

    triduum,

    three days together, Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 18:

    vita,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 15, 44:

    odium tantum ac tam universum,

    id. Pis. 27, 65:

    confusa atque universa defensio,

    id. Sest. 2, 5:

    universa et propria oratoris vis,

    id. de Or. 1, 15, 64:

    de universā philosophiā,

    id. Tusc. 3, 3, 6:

    bellum,

    Liv. 7, 11, 1:

    dimicatio,

    a general engagement, id. 22, 32, 2; so,

    pugna,

    id. 27, 12, 9.—Strengthened by totus:

    lupus Gregem universum voluit totum avortere,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 134.—
    (β).
    Plur.:

    de universis generibus rerum dicere,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 17, 71:

    ex iis rebus universis eloquentia constat, quibus in singulis elaborare permagnum est,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 19:

    ut eadem sit utilitas uniuscujusque et universorum,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 26:

    quae (virtus) etiam populos universos tueri soleat,

    id. Lael. 14, 50:

    in illum universi tela coniciunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 44; 4, 26; 7, 17:

    qui (Democritus) ita sit ausus ordiri: haec loquor de universis. Nihil excipit, de quo non profiteatur: quid enim esse potest extra universa?

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 73.—Strengthened by omnes:

    id genus hominum omnibus Universis est adversum,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 40:

    talibus dictis universi omnes assensere,

    App. M. 7, p. 189. —
    II.
    Substt.
    A.
    ūnĭversi, ōrum, m., the whole body of citizens, all men together:

    cum crudelitate unius oppressi essent universi,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 31, 43:

    et earum urbium separatim ab universis singulos diligunt (di),

    id. N. D. 2, 66, 165:

    si universi videre optimum et in eo consentire possent, nihil opus esset pluribus,

    id. Rep. 1, 34, 52; Suet. Galb. 10.—
    B.
    ūnĭversum, i, n., the whole world, the universe:

    tum censet imagines divinitate praeditas inesse in universitate rerum: tum principia mentis, quae sunt in eodem universo, deos esse dicit,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 43, 120:

    genitor universi,

    Col. 3, 10, 10.—
    2.
    Adverb.: in universum, as a whole, in general, generally (not in Cic. or Cæs.):

    non nominatim, sed in universum,

    Liv. 9, 26, 8: terra etsi aliquando specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda, Tac. G. 5; so id. ib. 6; Plin. 6, 17, 19, § 50.—Hence, adv.: ūnĭversē, in general, generally (cf.:

    omnmo, generatim, communiter): singillatim potius quam generatim atque universe loqui,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 55, § 143:

    cetera universe mandavi: illud proprie, ne pateretur prorogari nobis provincias,

    id. Att. 5, 2, 1; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 268.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > universus

  • 11 Portuguese Communist Party

    (PCP)
       The Portuguese Communist Party (PCP) has evolved from its early anarcho-syndicalist roots at its formation in 1921. This evolution included the undisciplined years of the 1920s, during which bolshevization began and continued into the 1930s, then through the years of clandestine existence during the Estado Novo, the Stalinization of the 1940s, the "anarcho-liberal shift" of the 1950s, the emergence of Maoist and Trotskyist splinter groups of the 1960s, to legalization after the Revolution of 25 April 1974 as the strongest and oldest political party in Portugal. Documents from the Russian archives have shown that the PCP's history is not a purely "domestic" one. While the PCP was born on its own without Soviet assistance, once it joined the Communist International (CI), it lost a significant amount of autonomy as CI officials increasingly meddled in PCP internal politics by dictating policy, manipulating leadership elections, and often financing party activities.
       Early Portuguese communism was a mix of communist ideological strands accustomed to a spirited internal debate, a lively external debate with its rivals, and a loose organizational structure. The PCP, during its early years, was weak in grassroots membership and was basically a party of "notables." It was predominantly a male organization, with minuscule female participation. It was also primarily an urban party concentrated in Lisbon. The PCP membership declined from 3,000 in 1923 to only 40 in 1928.
       In 1929, the party was reorganized so that it could survive clandestinely. As its activity progressed in the 1930s, a long period of instability dominated its leadership organs as a result of repression, imprisonments, and disorganization. The CI continued to intervene in party affairs through the 1930s, until the PCP was expelled from the CI in 1938-39, apparently because of its conduct during police arrests.
       The years of 1939-41 were difficult ones for the party, not only because of increased domestic repression but also because of internal party splits provoked by the Nazi-Soviet pact and other foreign actions. From 1940 to 1941, two Communist parties struggled to attract the support of the CI and accused each other of "revisionism." The CI was disbanded in 1943, and the PCP was not accepted back into the international communist family until its recognition by the Cominform in 1947.
       The reorganization of 1940-41 finally put the PCP under the firm control of orthodox communists who viewed socialism from a Soviet perspective. Although Soviet support was denied the newly reorganized party at first, the new leaders continued its Stalinization. The enforcement of "democratic centralism" and insistence upon the "dictatorship of the proletariat" became entrenched. The 1940s brought increased growth, as the party reached its membership apex of the clandestine era with 1,200 members in 1943, approximately 4,800 in 1946, and 7,000 in 1947.
       The party fell on hard times in the 1950s. It developed a bad case of paranoia, which led to a witch hunt for infiltrators, informers, and spies in all ranks of the party. The lower membership figures who followed the united antifascist period were reduced further through expulsions of the "traitors." By 1951, the party had been reduced to only 1,000 members. It became a closed, sectarian, suspicious, and paranoiac organization, with diminished strength in almost every region, except in the Alentejo, where the party, through propaganda and ideology more than organizational strength, was able to mobilize strikes of landless peasants in the early 1950s.
       On 3 January 1960, Álvaro Cunhal and nine other political prisoners made a spectacular escape from the Peniche prison and fled the country. Soon after this escape, Cunhal was elected secretary-general and, with other top leaders, directed the PCP from exile. Trotskyite and Maoist fractions emerged within the party in the 1960s, strengthened by the ideological developments in the international communist movement, such as in China and Cuba. The PCP would not tolerate dissent or leftism and began purging the extreme left fractions.
       The PCP intensified its control of the labor movement after the more liberal syndical election regulations under Prime Minister Mar- cello Caetano allowed communists to run for leadership positions in the corporative unions. By 1973, there was general unrest in the labor movement due to deteriorating economic conditions brought on by the colonial wars, as well as by world economic pressures including the Arab oil boycott.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, the PCP enjoyed a unique position: it was the only party to have survived the Estado Novo. It emerged from clandestinity as the best organized political party in Portugal with a leadership hardened by years in jail. Since then, despite the party's stubborn orthodoxy, it has consistently played an important role as a moderating force. As even the Socialist Party (PS) was swept up by the neoliberal tidal wave, albeit a more compassionate variant, increasingly the PCP has played a crucial role in ensuring that interests and perspectives of the traditional Left are aired.
       One of the most consistent planks of the PCP electoral platform has been opposition to every stage of European integration. The party has regularly resisted Portuguese membership in the European Economic Community (EEC) and, following membership beginning in 1986, the party has regularly resisted further integration through the European Union (EU). A major argument has been that EU membership would not resolve Portugal's chronic economic problems but would only increase its dependence on the world. Ever since, the PCP has argued that its opposition to membership was correct and that further involvement with the EU would only result in further economic dependence and a consequent loss of Portuguese national sovereignty. Further, the party maintained that as Portugal's ties with the EU increased, the vulnerable agrarian sector in Portugal would risk further losses.
       Changes in PCP leadership may or may not alter the party's electoral position and role in the political system. As younger generations forget the uniqueness of the party's resistance to the Estado Novo, public images of PCP leadership will change. As the image of Álvaro Cunhal and other historical communist leaders slowly recedes, and the stature of Carlos Carvalhas (general secretary since 1992) and other moderate leaders is enhanced, the party's survival and legitimacy have strengthened. On 6 March 2001, the PCP celebrated its 80th anniversary.
        See also Left Bloc.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Portuguese Communist Party

  • 12 ostimë

    pl. ostimi is attested noun "blend", in linguistics a term for a kind of "strengthened" elements within a stem, where a single sound has been expanded into two different elements while maintaining a unitary effect and significance: such as s- being turned into st-, or m being strengthened to mb. VT39:9

    Quettaparma Quenyallo (Quenya-English) > ostimë

  • 13 profundizar

    v.
    1 to deepen (hoyo, conocimientos).
    2 to dig deeper.
    3 to go deep inside, to deepen inside.
    Nos profundizaron sus palabras His words went deep inside us (Coll.)
    * * *
    1 (agujero, hoyo) to deepen
    2 profundizar en (tema, cuestión) to look deeply into, analyse (US analyze) in depth
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1.
    VI

    un libro que ayuda a profundizar en el conocimiento de las culturas americanas — a book which helps us to understand American cultures more deeply

    2. VT
    1) [+ hoyo, pozo] to deepen, make deeper
    2) (=investigar) [+ asunto] to study in depth, go deeply into; [+ misterio] to fathom, get to the bottom of
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo

    profundizar EN algo: no tenemos tiempo para profundizar en este tema we don't have time to go into this topic in any depth; ha profundizado más en los personajes femeninos — he has portrayed his female characters in greater depth

    2.
    profundizar vt to deepen
    * * *
    = dig + deep, dig + deep beneath the surface.
    Ex. Are we prepared to dig deep into our well of humanity & humility in order to uplift ourselves?.
    Ex. Her central themes are still love and sex, but she digs deeper beneath the surface to examine the gray areas of moral responsibility and gender relations.
    ----
    * profundizar el interés = deepen + interest.
    * profundizar en el conocimiento = deepen + knowledge.
    * profundizar en una idea = carry + argument + one step further.
    * profundizar sobre un tema = go into + detail.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo

    profundizar EN algo: no tenemos tiempo para profundizar en este tema we don't have time to go into this topic in any depth; ha profundizado más en los personajes femeninos — he has portrayed his female characters in greater depth

    2.
    profundizar vt to deepen
    * * *
    = dig + deep, dig + deep beneath the surface.

    Ex: Are we prepared to dig deep into our well of humanity & humility in order to uplift ourselves?.

    Ex: Her central themes are still love and sex, but she digs deeper beneath the surface to examine the gray areas of moral responsibility and gender relations.
    * profundizar el interés = deepen + interest.
    * profundizar en el conocimiento = deepen + knowledge.
    * profundizar en una idea = carry + argument + one step further.
    * profundizar sobre un tema = go into + detail.

    * * *
    vi
    profundizar EN algo:
    no tenemos tiempo para profundizar en este tema we don't have time to go into this topic in any depth
    no llega a profundizar en el personaje he doesn't manage to get inside the character
    el escritor ha profundizado más en los personajes femeninos the writer has portrayed his female characters in greater depth
    ■ profundizar
    vt
    1 ‹conocimientos› to deepen
    2 ‹pozo/zanja› to make … deeper
    * * *

     

    profundizar ( conjugate profundizar) verbo intransitivo profundizar EN algo ‹ en tema› to go into sth in depth
    profundizar verbo transitivo & verbo intransitivo (en un asunto) to study in depth: su libro no profundiza en el problema de la droga, her book doesn't deal with the drug problem in depth
    ' profundizar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    adentrarse
    English:
    deepen
    - delve
    - deep
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    [hoyo, conocimientos] to deepen
    ♦ vi
    1. [en excavación] to dig deeper
    2. [en estudio, conocimientos] to go into depth;
    profundizar en un tema [estudiar] to study a topic in depth;
    [debatir] to discuss a topic in depth;
    no profundizó demasiado en los personajes secundarios he didn't really develop the secondary characters
    3. [en actividad]
    piden seguir profundizando en la unidad monetaria they are calling for monetary union to continue to be strengthened
    * * *
    v/i
    :
    profundizar en algo go into sth in depth
    * * *
    profundizar {21} vt
    1) : to deepen
    2) : to study in depth
    profundizar en : to go deeply into, to study in depth

    Spanish-English dictionary > profundizar

  • 14 εἰς

    εἰς prep. w. acc. (Hom.+; s. the lit. under ἀνά, beg., also ATheimer, Die Präp. εἰς, ἐν, ἐκ im NT: Progr. z. 24. u. 29. Jahresbericht des niederösterr. Landes-Real-u. Obergymnasiums Horn 1896; 1901; AOepke, TW II 418–32), indicating motion into a thing or into its immediate vicinity or relation to something.
    ① extension involving a goal or place, into, in, toward, to
    ⓐ into, toward, to after verbs of going, or those that include motion toward a place (also after subst. as ἄφιξις Tat. 37, 1 or πορεία 38, 1); so after ἄγω, ἀκολουθέω, ἀναβαίνω, ἀνάγω, ἀναχωρέω, ἀνέρχομαι, ἄπειμι, ἀπέρχομαι, ἀποδημέω, ἀποπλέω, γίνομαι δεῦρο, διαβαίνω, διαπεράω, διασῴζω, διέρχομαι, διώκω, εἰσάγω, εἴσειμι, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσπορεύομαι, ἐκπηδάω, ἐκπλέω, ἐκπορεύομαι, ἐμβαίνω, ἐμβάλλω, ἐνδύνω, ἐξέρχομαι, ἐπανάγω, ἐπιβαίνω, ἐπιστρέφω, ἔρχομαι (s. Goodsp., Probs. 56f), εὐθυδρομέω, ἥκω, καθίζω, καταβαίνω (s. Goodsp., Probs. 52–54), κατάγομαι, καταντάω, καταπλέω, καταφεύγω, κατέρχομαι, μεταβαίνω, ὁρμάω, παραβάλλω, παραγίνομαι, πέτομαι, πλέω, πορείαν ποιοῦμαι, πορεύομαι, προάγω, συμβάλλω, συνάγομαι, συναναβαίνω, συνέρχομαι, ὑπάγω, ὑποστρέφω, ὑποχωρέω, φεύγω, χωρέω; s. these entries.
    α. extension toward, in the direction of, a specific place to be reached. Hence w. nouns that denote an accessible place εἰς τὸν οἶκον into the house Mt 9:7; synagogue Ac 17:10; heaven Lk 2:15; abyss 8:31. φεύγειν εἰς τὰ ὄρη Mk 13:14. W. names of places and countries to Spain Ro 15:24, 28. εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ vs. 25 al. Also on, in εἰς (τὰς) ὁδούς Lk 14:23; Mt 10:5, 10; εἰς ὁδόν Mk 6:8; 10:17. εἰς ἀγρόν 16:12. In another sense ἀναβαίνει εἰς τὸ ὄρος 3:13; Mt 15:29.—In the vicinity of, near, to (Jos., Vi. 115 εἰς τ. κώμην) εἰς (τὴν) θάλασσαν Mk 7:31; 3:7 v.l.; Mt 17:27. εἰς πόλιν (Hdt. 2, 169; 4, 200, 1; Diod S 15, 32, 2 παραγενόμενος εἰς πόλιν) J 4:5; cp. vs. 28. εἰς τό μνημεῖον 11:31, 38; 20:1, 3f (cp. vs. 6). ἐγγίζειν εἰς (Tob 11:1) Mt 21:1; Mk 11:1; Lk 18:35; 19:29. εἰς τοὺς φραγμούς to the hedges 14:23. κλίνειν τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τ. γῆν toward the ground 24:5.
    β. with focus on the area within the point reached. After verbs of sending, moving, etc., which result in movement or include a movement of the body to, into, among εἰς τὴν πόλιν into the city Mt 26:18 al.; boat Mt 8:23; J 6:17; world J 1:9; εἰς τ. ναόν 2 Th 2:4; εἰς (τὸ) μέσον (Sir 27:12; cp. 48:17): ἔστη εἰς τὸ μέσον (X., Cyr. 4, 1, 1), he (came and) stood among them J 20:19, 26; cp. Mk 14:60; Lk 6:8, also ἔγειρε εἰς τὸ μ. get up and come here Mk 3:3.—δέχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ἀγκάλας take in (into) one’s arms Lk 2:28 (cp. Jos., Ant. 8, 28).
    γ. of movement directed at a surface of an area on, in: of striking (PRyl 145, 13f [38 A.D.] ἔδωκεν πληγὰς πλείους εἰς πᾶν μέρος τοῦ σώματος=gave many blows all over his body; cp. PTebt 39, 32) τύπτειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν on the head Mt 27:30 (cp. Arrian, Anab. 2, 26, 4 ἐμβάλλειν εἰς τ. κεφαλήν). ῥαπίζειν εἰς τὴν σιαγόνα on the cheek 5:39.—εἰς τ. ὄμματα Mk 8:23; εἰς τ. ὁδόν 11:8; ἀναπίπτειν εἰς τ. ἔσχατον τόπον sit in the lowest place Lk 14:10; cp. vs. 8. εἰς τὴν χεῖρα, τοὺς πόδας on his hand, his feet Lk 15:22.
    δ. of a position within a certain area be at, be in, be on εἰς is freq. used where ἐν would be expected (s. 1bβ below; for Mark usage s. JO’Rourke, JBL 85, ’66, 349–51)—(Hdt. 7, 239, 1; Diod S 13, 101, 3; 20, 30, 2; Vett. Val. index III p. 394b; PTebt 38, 14 [113 B.C.] εἰς ὸ̔ν ἐνοικεῖ … οἶκον; POxy 294, 6 [22 A.D.]; 929, 12; BGU 385, 5; 423, 7; Kaibel 134; LXX. Cp. GHatzidakis, Einl. in die neugr. Gramm. 1892, 210f; Mlt. 62f, 234f; Rob. 592f; Rdm.2 14; 140; B-D-F §205; EOldenburger, De Or. Sib. Elocutione, diss. Rostock 1903, 26ff) εἰς τ. κοίτην εἶναι Lk 11:7. εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν Mk 10:10. οἱ εἰς τ. οἶκόν μου (ὄντες) Lk 9:61. οἱ εἰς μακρὰν (ὄντες) Ac 2:39. καθημένου εἰς τὸ ὄρος Mk 13:3 (cp. Musonius 43, 18 H. καθῆσθαι εἰς Σινώπην). ὁ εἰς τὸν ἀγρὸν (ὤν) he who is in the field 13:16. γίνεσθαι εἰς τὴν Καφαρναούμ happen in Capernaum Lk 4:23. εἰς συναγωγὰς δαρήσεσθε you will be beaten in the synagogues Mk 13:9. εὑρέθη εἰς Ἄζωτον he found himself in A. Ac 8:40 (cp. Esth 1:5 τοῖς ἔθνεσιν τοῖς εὑρεθεῖσιν εἰς τ. πόλιν; Gen 37:17). ἀποθανεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 21:13 (cp. Aelian, VH 7, 8 Ἡφαιστίων εἰς Ἐκβάτανα ἀπέθανε). κατοικεῖν εἰς Ἰερ. Ac 2:5; cp. Mt 2:23; 4:13; Ac 7:4; Hb 11:9 (cp. Thu. 2, 102, 6; X., An. 1, 2, 24; Num 35:33; 2 Ch 19:4). χάριν, εἰς ἣν στῆτε the favor in which you stand 1 Pt 5:12. ἔχειν βιβλίον εἰς τὰς χεῖρας have a book in one’s hands Hv 1, 2, 2. πηλὸς γάρ ἐσμεν εἰς την χεῖρα τοῦ τεχνίτου for we are clay in the hand of the artisan. εἰς ταύτην τὴν πόλιν in this city 2, 4, 3 al.—εἰς=at or on (BGU 845, 20f; τραπέζας … εἰς ἃς ἤσθιον οἱ πτωχοί TestJob 25:5) ὁ ὢν εἰς τ. κόλπον τ. πατρός who leans on the breast (or reclines in the lap) of the Father (=who is on intimate terms w. the Father, s. κόλπος) J 1:18. In AcPlCor 2:35 the prepositions εἰς and ἐν appear to be carefully distinguished: τὰ δεσμὰ εἰς τὰς χείρας ἔχω … καὶ τὰ στίγματα ἐν τῷ σώματί μου.
    ε. of presence in an area determined by other objects, esp. after verbs of sending, moving, etc. including ἀπολύω, ἀποστέλλω, βάλλω, βαπτίζω, δέχομαι, δίδωμι, ἐγκεντρίζω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐκπέμπω, ἐκχέω, ἐμβάπτω, ἐξαποστέλλω, καθίημι, μεταπέμπομαι, παρακύπτω, πέμπω, χαλάω; s. these entries. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς τοὺς λῃστάς fall among robbers Lk 10:36. εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mk 4:7; εἰς τ. λαόν Ac 4:17 et al., where the transl. depends on the verb in question. πνεύματος ἁγίου … ἀποσταλέντος εἰς αὐτήν (Μαρίαν) sent into her AcPlCor 2:5; cp. 2:10 ἔπεμψεν εἰς τοὺς προφήτας into the prophets; 2:14 κατέπεμψε … εἰς Μαρίαν.—ἔστη εἰς τὸ κριτήριον she stood before the tribunal GJs 15:2 (difft. J 20:19, 26, s. 1aβ).
    ⓑ of direction toward something without ref. to bodily motion.
    α. w. verbs of looking (fr. Od. 10, 37; Il. 3, 364; LXX) ἀναβλέπειν εἴς τι look up toward someth. (2 Macc 7:28; Sus 35 Theod.) Mk 6:41; Lk 9:16; Ac 22:13; cp. ἀτενίζω, βλέπω, ἐμβλέπω, ὁράω (Just., D. 112, 1).—ἐπαίρειν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἴς τινα raise one’s eyes toward someone Lk 6:20.
    β. after verbs of saying, teaching, proclaiming, preaching, etc. (Trag.; Hdt. 8:26, 3; Thu. 1, 72, 2; 5, 45, 1 and many later wr., incl. LXX) λαλεῖν εἰς τ. κόσμον say to the world J 8:26. τὸ εὐαγγέλιον εἰς ὅλον τ. κόσμον the gospel in the whole world Mk 14:9. εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 13:10; Lk 24:47. εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 Th 2:9. εὐαγγελίζεσθαι εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:16; 1 Pt 1:25; γνωρίζειν Ro 16:26. ἀπαγγέλλειν τι εἴς τινα Mk 5:14; Lk 8:34. διαμαρτύρεσθαι εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ, μαρτυρεῖν εἰς Ῥώμην bear witness in Jerusalem, Rome Ac 23:11. ἵνα εἰς Νινευὴ μὴ κηρύξῃ AcPlCor 2:29. In these and similar cases εἰς approaches ἐν in mng.; s. 1aδ.
    γ. The same is true of βαπτίζεσθαι εἰς τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mk 1:9 and νίπτεσθαι εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν J 9:7; these expr. look like exx. of the interchange of εἰς and ἐν, but were orig. formed on the analogy of X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5 ἀποκαθαίρει τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὰ χειρόμακτρα= lit. ‘into the towels’; cp. Epict. 3, 22, 71 ἵνʼ αὐτὸ (sc. τὸ παιδίον) λούσῃ εἰς σκάφην; Alciphron, Ep. 3, 7, 1; Athen. 10, 438e.
    ② extension in time, to, until, on
    ⓐ w. indication of specific time
    α. up to which someth. continues εἰς τέλος to the end (Epict. 1, 7, 17) Mt 10:22; 24:13; Mk 13:13. εἰς ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν until that day 2 Ti 1:12 (Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμέραν). εἰς ἡμέραν Χριστοῦ Phil 1:10. εἰς Χριστόν until the coming of the Messiah Gal 3:24.
    β. for or on which someth. happens μεριμνᾶν εἰς τὴν αὔριον be anxious for tomorrow Mt 6:34; cp. Hs 6, 5, 3; εἰς τὸ μέλλον for the future 1 Ti 6:19. εἰς τὸ μεταξὺ σάββατον on the next Sabbath Ac 13:42. εἰς ἡμέραν (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.]) for the day Phil 2:16; cp. Eph 4:30; Rv 9:15.
    γ. at which someth. takes place (Appian, Mithrid. 74 §321 ἐς ἑσπέραν=in the evening; Epict. 4, 10, 31 αὔριον ἢ εἰς τὴν τρίτην; En 1:1 οἵτινες ἔσονται εἰς ἡμέραν ἀνάγκης) εἰς τὸν καιρὸν αὐτῶν in their time Lk 1:20; εἰς τὸ μέλλον in the future 13:9. εἰς τέλος in the end, finally (Hdt. 3, 403; Gen 46:4; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 18, 2) 18:5 (B-D-F §207, 3 prefers mng. 3 below and ὑπωπιάζω 3; s. also Mlt-Turner 266). εἰς τὸ πάλιν=πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2; s. Schmid I 167; II 129; III 282; IV 455; 625. εἰς ταχεῖαν soon AcPlCor 2:3.
    ⓑ to indicate duration of time for, throughout (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 16 Jac. εἰς νύκτα; Arrian, Anab. 4, 30, 1 ἐς τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Just., D. 2, 5 εἰς μακρὰν for a long time) εἰς ἔτη πολλά for many years Lk 12:19. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα, εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας (αἰών 1b) forever Mt 21:19; Mk 3:29; 11:14; Lk 1:33; J 8:35 and oft. εἰς ἡμέραν αἰῶνος to the day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18. εἰς γενεὰς καὶ γενεάς for generation after generation Lk 1:50. εἰς τὸ διηνεκές forever Hb 7:3; 10:1, 12, 14 (cp. Thu. 2, 64, 3 ἐς ἀί̈διον).
    ③ marker of degree, up to: εἰς τέλος completely, fully, absolutely (s. Just, A I, 44, 12 and on τέλος 2bγ) 1 Th 2:16; B 4:7; 19:11; Hv 3, 7, 2; m 12, 2, 3; Hs 8, 6, 4; 8, 8, 5; 8, 9, 3.—J 13:1 combines in εἰς τέλος the mngs. to the end (s. 2aα above) and to the uttermost (cp. Appian, Mithrid. 58 §239 ἡμῶν ἀμυναμένων ἤδη καὶ ἀμυνουμένων ἐς τέλος=we have defended ourselves up to now and will defend ourselves ἐς τέλος). εἰς τὰ ἄμετρα 2 Cor 10:13, 15 (cp. PVat A 12=Witkowski 36, 12 [168 B.C.] εἰς τὰ ἔσχατα). εἰς περισσείαν 10:15. εἰς ὑπερβολήν (Eur., Hipp. 939; Aeschin., F. Leg. 4) 4:17. εἰς τὸ παντελές (q.v. 2) Lk 13:11; Hb 7:25 (Tat. 6, 1).
    ④ marker of goals involving affective/abstract/suitability aspects, into, to
    ⓐ of entry into a state of being w. verbs of going, coming, leading, etc., used in a fig. sense: ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον Mt 25:46 (cp. Sir 41:10). εἰσφέρειν εἰς πειρασμόν 6:13. πορεύεσθαι εἰς θάνατον Lk 22:33. ὑπάγειν εἰς ἀπώλειαν Rv 17:8, 11. βάλλειν εἰς θλῖψιν 2:22. παραδιδόναι εἰς θλῖψιν Mt 24:9; cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Lk 24:20. συγκλείειν εἰς ἀπείθειαν Ro 11:32. ἐμπίπτειν εἰς κρίμα 1 Ti 3:6f; cp. 6:9 (and Ath. 24, 5 εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν πεσόντες παρθένων). ἄγειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Ro 2:4; cp. Hb 2:10 εἰς δόξαν. (Just., A I, 10, 4 εἰς πίστιν; 42, 11 εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ ἀνάμνησιν.) αἰχμαλωτίζειν εἰς ὑπακοήν 2 Cor 10:5. ἀνακαινίζειν εἰς μετάνοιαν Hb 6:6; cp. 2:10. Sim. ἀπάγω, ἀποβαίνω, εἰσέρχομαι, εἰσφέρω, ἐκβάλλω, ἐλευθερόω, ἐπιστρέφω, κατευθύνω, μεταβαίνω, ὁδηγέω et al.; s. these entries.
    ⓑ of change from one state to another w. verbs of changing: στρέφειν (Esth 4:17h; 1 Macc 1:39), μεταστρέφειν (Sir 11:31; 1 Macc 9:41; 3 Macc 6:22) τι εἴς τι Rv 11:6; Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); Js 4:9. μεταλλάσσειν Ro 1:26. μετασχηματίζεσθαι (q.v. 2) 2 Cor 11:13f; μετατίθεσθαι εἰς turn away to Gal 1:6.
    ⓒ of actions or feelings directed in someone’s direction in hostile or friendly sense (Thu. 1, 38; 66; 130; X., Cyr. 1, 3, 5; Paus. 7, 9, 3; 7, 10, 2; Aelian, VH 11, 10).
    α. in a hostile sense (Arrian, Anab. 1, 1, 4; PEleph 1, 9 [311/310 B.C.] κακοτεχνεῖν εἰς Δημητρίαν; UPZ 170b, 47 [127 B.C.]): ἁμαρτάνειν εἴς τινα (Herodian 7, 9, 11; EpJer 12; Jdth 5:20; 11:10) sin against someone Lk 15:18, 21. βλασφημεῖν εἴς τινα (Bel 8 Theod.; Just., D. 122, 2) defame someone Mk 3:29; Lk 12:10; 22:65; θαρρεῖν εἴς τινα 2 Cor 10:1. ψεύδεσθαι εἴς τινα (Sus 55; 59 Theod.) Col 3:9. Also w. nouns and adj. (Paus. 7, 8, 4; PFay 12, 7 [c. 103 B.C.] ἀδικήματα εἴς με; En 97:7 μνημόσυνον εἰς ὑμᾶς κακόν) Ac 6:11; 23:30; Ro 8:7.
    β. in a friendly sense: μακροθυμεῖν 2 Pt 3:9. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Ro 12:16. So also πιστεύειν εἴς τινα trust or believe in someone Mt 18:6; Mk 9:42 and oft. (s. πιστεύω 1aε). Also w. nouns (OGI 49, 10 [III B.C.] φιλοτιμία εἰς; 51, 4; UPZ 22, 18 [162 B.C.]; 39, 5 εἰς τὸ θεῖον εὐσέβεια; 2 Macc 9:26 εὔνοια; Tat. 16:2 τῆς εἰς αὐτοὺς [δαίμονας] θρησκείας) ἀγάπη Ro 5:8; 2 Cor 2:4, 8; Col 1:4; 1 Th 3:12. ἐλπίς (2 Macc 9:20; Synes., Ep. 104 p. 264a εἰς τὸν κομήτην ἐ.) Ac 24:15. κοινωνία Phil 1:5 (Tat. 18, 2); πεποίθησις 2 Cor 8:22. δύναμις Eph 1:19. πίστις (Jos., Ant. 16, 48; 18, 334) Ac 20:21; 24:24; 26:18; Col 2:5; and adj. φιλόξενος 1 Pt 4:9; χρηστός Eph 4:32. διακονία Ro 15:31 (cp. the v.l. Ac 12:25 and s. JDupont, NovT 1, ’56, 275–303); 2 Cor 8:4. The context of 1 Pt 1:11 suggests consolation of Christians for the sufferings they endure in a hostile environment, hence REB: sufferings in Christ’s cause; for εἰς Χρ. construed genitivally (UPZ 180a II, 2 [113 B.C.] χωρὶς τοῦ εἰς αὐτὴν οἴκου; PTebt 16:9f contains a restoration of εἰς) s. NRSV ‘sufferings destined for Christ’ (for a parallel expr. in a hostile sense cp. Polyb. 1, 7, 12 τῆς εἰς ἐκείνους τιμωρίας; 1, 69, 7; 38, 1 [4], 13; s. [s.v. ἀνά beg.] Kuhring 13; Rudberg 201).
    ⓓ w. the vocation, use, or end indicated for, as: αἱρέομαι εἴς τι 2 Th 2:13. ἀφορίζω Ro 1:1; Ac 13:2. προγράφω Ro 15:4; Jd 4. ἀποστέλλω Hb 1:14. πέμπω Phil 4:16; 1 Th 3:2, 5. ποιῶ τι εἰς 1 Cor 10:31; 11:24. S. also under κεῖμαι, προορίζω, τάσσω, τίθημι.—εἰμὶ εἴς τι serve as someth. (s. εἰμί 6; also ins 134, 33ff fr. the Delphinion at Miletus [I A.D.] 1914; s. Dssm., LO 97, 1 [LAE 123]; Ar. 5, 1 ὕδωρ … εἰς χρῆσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων γέγονε) 1 Cor 14:22; for destruction Col 2:22; as a testimony Js 5:3. Used w. a noun σκεῦος εἰς τιμήν, ἀτιμίαν a vessel meant for honorable, dishonorable use Ro 9:21; cp. vs. 22f; 2 Ti 2:20f; φύλλα τοῦ ξύλου εἰς θεραπείαν Rv 22:2. φῶς εἰς ἀποκάλυψιν a light serving as a revelation Lk 2:32. θεράπων εἰς μαρτύριον τῶν λαληθησομένων a servant to bear witness to what would be said Hb 3:5. (Cp. Just., A I, 66, 1 τὸ … εἰς ἀναγέννησιν λουτρόν). W. acc. of pers. (Just., A II, 12, 4 συκοφαντίᾳ τῇ εἰς ἡμᾶς; Tat. 17, 3 τὴν εἰς τοὺς μεμηνότας βοήθειαν) ἡ εἰς ὑμᾶς χάρις the grace meant for you 1 Pt 1:10. διδόναι εἴς τι pay out for someth., money for a field Mt 27:10.
    ⓔ w. the result of an action or condition indicated into, to, so that: αὐξάνειν εἰς ναόν grow into a temple Eph 2:21. πληροῦσθαι εἴς τι 3:19. λυπηθῆναι εἰς μετάνοιαν be grieved so that repentance takes place 2 Cor 7:9. Of prayer ἀναβαίνειν εἰς μνημόσυνον Ac 10:4. ὁμολογεῖν εἰς σωτηρίαν confess to salvation = so as to receive salvation Ro 10:10; cp. 1:16; 1 Pt 2:2; εἰς ἔπαινον κτλ. to praise etc. 1 Pt 1:7; εἰς βοήθειαν (1 Ch 12:17; Jdth 6:21; JosAs 23:4) Hb 4:16; cp. 10:39; Rv 13:3; Ro 6:16; 8:15; 13:4, 14; 1 Cor 11:34; 2 Cor 2:16 al.; εἰς κενόν (s. κενός 3) 2 Cor 6:1; Gal 2:2; Phil 2:16; 1 Th 3:5. σχίζειν εἰς δύο tear in two Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38. Cp. GPt 5:20 (cp. Polyb. 2, 16, 11; Lucian, Symp. 44, Tox. 54; 1 Km 15:29; Tob 5:3 S; 1 Macc 9:11; Ath. 18, 3 ᾠὸν … εἰς δύο ἐρράγη). W. subst. inf. foll. so that Ro 1:20; 3:26; 4:18; 6:12; 7:4; 1 Th 3:13; 2 Th 2:10f; Hb 11:3 al.
    ⓕ to denote purpose in order to, to (Appian, Liby. 101 §476 ἐς ἔκπληξιν=in order to frighten; Just., A I, 21, 4 εἰς προτροπήν ‘to spur on’) εἰς ἄγραν in order to catch someth. Lk 5:4. εἰς ἀπάντησιν, συνάντησιν, ὑπάντησίν τινι (s. these 3 entries) to meet someone, toward someone Mt 8:34; 25:1; J 12:13. εἰς μαρτύριον αὐτοῖς as a witness, i.e. proof, to them Mt 8:4; 10:18; 24:14 al. εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν for forgiveness of sins, so that sins might be forgiven Mt 26:28; cp. Mk 1:4; Lk 3:3; Ac 2:38. εἰς μνημόσυνόν τινος in memory of someone Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; cp. Lk 22:19 al. (εἰς μνημόσυνον En 99:3). εἰς ὅ for which purpose (Hdt. 2, 103, 1) Col 1:29; otherw. 2 Th 1:11 with this in view; εἰς τί; why? (Wsd 4:17; Sir 39:16, 21) Mt 14:31; Mk 14:4; 15:34; Hm 2:5; D 1:5. εἰς τοῦτο for this reason or purpose Mk 1:38; Lk 4:43 v.l.; J 18:37; Ac 9:21; 26:16; Ro 9:17; 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1J 3:8; Hs 1:9 (Just., A I, 13, 3). εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very reason 2 Cor 5:5; Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. W. subst. inf. foll. (X., Ages. 9, 3, Mem. 3, 6, 2; Just., A I, 9, 5) in order to (oft. LXX; neg. μή in order not to; s. B-D-F §402, 2) Mt 20:19; 26:2; 27:31; Mk 14:55 and oft.—εἰς ὁδόν for the journey 6:8.
    ⓖ As in Mod. Gk., it is used for the dat., esp. the dat. of advantage, but also= for in general (X., An. 3, 3, 19 τ. ἵππους εἰς ἱππέας κατασκευάσωμεν; Lycurg. 85 διεκαρτέρουν εἰς τ. πατρίδα; UPZ 180a I, 7 [113 B.C.] τὸν εἰς Τάγην οἶκον ᾠκοδομημένον; BGU 37, 4f [51 A.D.] ξύλα εἰς τοὺς ἐλαιῶνάς μου wood for my olive orchards; PLond I, 43, 9 p. 48 [II B.C.]; PTebt 5, 77; POxy 37 I, 9; EpJer 9; Sir 37:7, cp. vs. 8; Jdth 14:2; Bel 3 Theod., vs. 22 LXX) εἰς πάντα τ. λαόν Lk 9:13; cp. 3J 5. εἰς ἡμᾶς Eph 1:19; cp. Col 1:25; 1 Th 4:10; Ro 10:12. χρείαν ἔχειν εἰς τ. ἑορτήν J 13:29; cp. Mk 8:19f; Gal 2:8; 1 Th 2:9; 5:15 et al.—εἰς is commonly used in speaking of the person for whom a payment etc. is made (Dssm., B 113–15; NB 23 [BS 117f; 194f]) 1 Cor 16:1; 2 Cor 8:4; 9:1, 13; Ro 15:26; Ac 24:17. εἰς λόγον τινός in an account for someth. (POxy 275, 19; 21 [66 A.D.]; 496, 10; 530, 15) Phil 4:15; cp. vs. 17. εἰς Χριστόν Phlm 6 prob. in honor of Christ (Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 7, 4 p. 266 εἰς θεούς; Pla., Lysis 205d ᾂδεις εἰς σαυτὸν ἐγκώμιον; Ps.-Pla., Minos 319c; Athen. 15, 667c; Synes., Ep. 75 p. 222b).
    ⑤ marker of a specific point of reference, for, to, with respect to, with reference to (Arrian, Anab. 6, 26, 3 τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον εἰς καρτερίαν ἐπαινῶ Ἀλεξάνδρου=I praise this deed with regard to Alexander’s endurance; Ath. 31, 1 οὐδὲν χείρους εἰς ἀρετῆς λόγον ‘none the worse in respect to excellence’) εὔθετος εἴς τι fit, suitable for someth. Lk 14:35; also εὔχρηστος 2 Ti 4:11. ἡτοιμασμένος ready for 2:21. εὐκαιρέω εἴς τι Ac 17:21. ἱκανόω Col 1:12. ἰσχύω Mt 5:13. περισσεύω 2 Cor 9:8. συνεργέω Ro 8:28. τοῦτο οὐκ εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας λέγω I say this not with reference to these days Hs 9, 26, 6.—After the verbs ἀπορέομαι, διακρίνομαι, καυχάομαι, παρρησίαν ἔχω, s. these entries. After the adj. ἄκαρπος, ἀκέραιος, βραδύς, σοφός, συνεργός, ὑπήκοος, φρόνιμος, s. these entries. W. acc. of pers. ἀσθενεῖν εἴς τινα be weak toward someone 2 Cor 13:3. εὐδοκεῖν 2 Pt 1:17. λέγειν εἴς τινα say w. reference to someone (Diod S 11, 50, 4; Just., D. 77, 1 εἰς Χριστὸν … εἰρῆσθαι) Ac 2:25.—On Ro 6:17 s. παραδίδωμι 1b end. δέχομαί τινα εἰς ὄνομά τινος Mt 10:41f; s. ὄνομα 1dγא.
    ⑥ marker of a guarantee, by ὀμνύναι εἴς τι swear by someth. Mt 5:35 (cp. PGiss 66, 8f [early II A.D.] ἐρωτῶ εἰς τὴν τ. θεῶν εὐσέβειαν; but the sole use of εἰς in a series of datives w. ἐν may reflect bilingualism; for prob. Hb. perspective, s. M’Neile, comm. ad loc).
    ⑦ distributive marker: w. numbers εἰς is distributive ‘-fold’ (cp. ἐστρίς ‘until three times’ Pind., O. 2, 68; GDI IV p. 884, n62, 36 [IV B.C.]) Mk 4:8 v.l. (otherw. ἐς τετρακοσίους, ἐς ὀγδοήκοντα about 400, about 80: Arrian, Anab. 5, 15, 2; 6, 2, 4; 7, 20, 3).
    ⑧ The predicate nom. and the predicate acc. are somet. replaced by εἰς w. acc. under Semitic influence, which has strengthened Gk. tendencies in the same direction:
    ⓐ predicate nom.
    α. w. γίνεσθαι (PFay 119, 34 [100 A.D.] ἵνα μὴ εἰς ψωμίον γένηται; Wsd 14:11; 1 Macc 1:36; 10:70; Jdth 5:10, 18 al.) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:22). ἐγένετο εἰς δένδρον Lk 13:19; cp. J 16:20; Ac 5:36; Rv 8:11; 16:19.
    β. w. εἶναι (Bar 2:23; Jdth 5:21, 24; Sir 31:10 et al.) Mt 19:5 (Gen 2:24); Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5; 8:10 (in the last 3 pass. OT expressions are also reproduced). Not fr. the OT: 1J 5:8.
    γ. λογίζεσθαι εἰς (Wsd 2:16; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3 (Gen 15:6); cp. 2:26; 9:8. λ. εἰς οὐθέν (Is 40:17; Wsd 3:17; cp. 9:6) Ac 19:27.
    ⓑ predicate acc. (Heliod. 6, 14, 1 τ. πήραν εἰς καθέδραν ποιησαμένη=she used the knapsack as a seat; Vett. Val. 59, 7; 1 Macc 10:54; 11:62; Jdth 5:11 al.; JosAs 13:12 παράθου με αὐτῷ εἰς παιδίσκην) ἐγείρειν τινὰ εἰς βασιλέα Ac 13:22 (cp. 1 Km 13:14). ἀνατρέφεσθαί τινα εἰς υἱόν 7:21 (cp. Ex 2:10). τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν 13:47 (cp. Is 49:6). Cp. Mt 21:46; 1 Cl 42:4.—B-D-F §145; 157, 5; Rdm.2 20f; Mlt. 71f; Mlt-H. 462. Johannessohn, Kasus 4f.
    ⑨ marker of instrumentality, by, with (Arrian, Anab. 5, 12, 3 ἐς ἀκρίβειαν=with care; Vi. Aesopi I G 7 P. νικᾶν εἰς εὐσέβειαν πάντα ψόγον=overcome all censure with piety) εἰς διαταγὰς ἀγγέλων Ac 7:53 (=ἐν διαταγαῖς, B-D-F §206, 1). Sim. ὕπαγε εἰς εἰρήνην (1 Km 1:17) Mk 5:34; Lk 7:50; 8:48 (=ἐν εἰρήνῃ). Mlt-Turner 254f.
    ⑩ Other uses of εἰς
    ⓐ at, in the face of μετανοεῖν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα repent at the proclamation Mt 12:41; Lk 11:32; cp. Ro 4:20 and perh. Mt 3:11. JMantey, JBL 70, ’51, 45–48, 309–11 argues for a causal use here because of the proclam., with reff.; against him RMarcus, ibid. 129f; 71, ’52, 43f; JDavis, Restoration Qtrly 24, ’81, 80–88.
    ⓑ for βαπτίζω εἰς s. βαπτίζω 2c.
    ⓒ μένειν εἰς remain with (PFay 111, 12 [95/96 A.D.]) so perh. J 6:27.
    ⓓ in pregnant constructions: σῴζειν εἰς bring safely into 2 Ti 4:18 (cp. X., An. 6, 4, 8; Diod S 2, 48; Cebes 27; SIG 521, 26 [III B.C.], OGI 56, 11; 4 Macc 15:3). διασῴζειν 1 Pt 3:20 (cp. Gen 19:19). μισθοῦσθαι ἐργάτας εἰς τ. ἀμπελῶνα to go into the vineyard Mt 20:1. ἐλευθεροῦσθαι εἰς be freed and come to Ro 8:21. ἀποδιδόναι τινὰ εἰς Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:9 (cp. Gen 37:28). ἔνοχος εἰς τ. γέενναν Mt 5:22; cp. 10:9; Mk 6:8; J 20:7.—DELG. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰς

  • 15 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 16 noster

    noster, stra, strum ( gen. sing. f. nostrāï, Vel. Long. p. 2222 P.; gen. plur. nostrum, Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 25; v. infra.), pron. poss. [nos], our, our own; ours, of us.
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    For the poss. gen. of the first person:

    nostra omnis lis est,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 75:

    averti praedam ab hostibus, nostrum salute socium,

    id. Men. 1, 2, 25; cf. Prisc. p. 743 P.:

    nostris consiliis et laboribus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 3:

    Rhodanus, qui provinciam nostram ab Helvetiis dividit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 2:

    patrum nostrorum memoriā,

    id. ib. 1, 12:

    exemplo majorum nostrorum,

    Liv. 24, 8, 17.—Strengthened by the suff. - pte:

    nostrāpte culpā facimus ut, etc.,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 1.—Strengthened by an appositive gen.:

    qui de nostro omnium interitu cogitant,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 4, 9:

    in nostro omnium fletu nullam lacrimam aspexisti Milonis,

    id. Mil. 34, 92:

    cui credas nostram omnium vitam,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 32: nostra omnium delicta, Greg. M. Lit. Sacram. N. 820.—
    B.
    Rarely for the object-gen.:

    ne aspernere amorique nostro plusculum etiam quam concedet veritas, largiare,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 12, 3.—
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Of or belonging to us, one of ours, one of us, our friend, ours:

    certe tu me alienabis numquam quin noster siem,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 243; cf. id. Mil. 2, 5, 20:

    noster est,

    he belongs to us, is of our house, id. ib. 2, 3, 79; id. As. 1, 1, 43; 2, 2, 86; Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 3:

    Ciceronem nostrum quid tibi commendem?

    id. ib.:

    impedimentis castrisque nostri potiti sunt,

    i. e. our men, Caes. B. G. 1, 26:

    o noster misericors quid facis?

    Cic. Pis. 8, 17:

    ut ait poëta ille noster,

    id. Rab. Post. 10, 28; id. Sen. 7, 24; id. Tusc. 5, 36, 103; Col. 1, 3, 26; 2, 8, 1; cf.:

    hic noster, quem principem ponimus,

    i. e. he of whom we are speaking, Cic. Or. 28, 99:

    divi, quorum est potestas nostrorum hostiumque,

    Liv. 8, 9: quisquis es, Noster eris, a formula made use of on receiving a deserter into the army, Liv. Fragm. ap. Serv. Verg. A. 2, 148:

    noster esto, an expression of assent and applause,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 25; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 39: minume istuc faciet noster Daemones, our good friend Dæmones, i. e. I, id. Rud. 4, 7, 19; so,

    novi ego nostros,

    id. Ep. 1, 2, 45; id. Stich. 1, 2, 26:

    per totum hoc tempus subjectior in diem et horam Invidiae noster,

    Hor. S. 2, 6, 48; v. Orell. ad h. l.—
    B.
    In addressing a person, dear, good:

    o Syre noster, salve, quid fit? quid agitur? etc.,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 5, 2.—
    C.
    Convenient for us, favorable to us:

    nostra loca,

    Liv. 9, 19:

    hora nostra est,

    Sil. 12, 193.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > noster

  • 17 BLEND

    (noun) ostimë (pl. ostimi is attested). This term refers to a kind of "strengthened" elements within a stem, where a single sound has been expanded into two different elements while maintaining a unitary effect and significance; souch as s- being turned ito st-, or m being strengthened to mb. However, this may be the meaning of the word in linguistic terminology only; it may be permissible to use it for "blend" in more general senses as well. –VT39:9

    Quettaparma Quenyallo (English-Quenya) > BLEND

  • 18 incorporación

    f.
    1 incorporation, joining, appending, inclusion.
    2 incorporated item, included item.
    3 incorporation, incorporation of a company.
    * * *
    1 (llegada) arrival; (inclusión) inclusion; (unión) joining
    2 (del cuerpo) sitting-up
    * * *
    SF [gen] incorporation; [a filas] enlisting, enlistment

    "sueldo a convenir, incorporación inmediata" — "salary negotiable, start immediately"

    * * *
    femenino incorporation

    buen sueldo, incorporación inmediata — good salary, to start immediately

    * * *
    = incorporation, accession, entry, addition.
    Ex. The incorporation of such features into a system would permit us to create a machine-based catalog rather than a reference file of bibliographic records.
    Ex. The documents concerning the accession of Greece to the European Communities were published in the official journal in 1979.
    Ex. The entry, change, and extraction of word and phrases from abstracts is described in detail in Chapter 9.
    Ex. A scheme should allow expansion, to permit the additions of new subjects or more specific subdivision of existing subjects.
    ----
    * incorporación social = social inclusion.
    * * *
    femenino incorporation

    buen sueldo, incorporación inmediata — good salary, to start immediately

    * * *
    = incorporation, accession, entry, addition.

    Ex: The incorporation of such features into a system would permit us to create a machine-based catalog rather than a reference file of bibliographic records.

    Ex: The documents concerning the accession of Greece to the European Communities were published in the official journal in 1979.
    Ex: The entry, change, and extraction of word and phrases from abstracts is described in detail in Chapter 9.
    Ex: A scheme should allow expansion, to permit the additions of new subjects or more specific subdivision of existing subjects.
    * incorporación social = social inclusion.

    * * *
    incorporation
    excelente remuneración. Incorporación inmediata excellent salary. To start immediately
    * * *

     

    incorporación sustantivo femenino
    incorporation
    incorporación sustantivo femenino incorporation [a, into]
    ' incorporación' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    entrada
    * * *
    [unión, adición] incorporation (a into);
    la escasa incorporación de la mujer al mercado laboral the low number of women in the labour market;
    su incorporación tendrá lugar el día 31 [a un puesto] she starts work on the 31st;
    la incorporación a filas de los nuevos reclutas tendrá lugar la próxima semana the new recruits will start their military service next week
    * * *
    f incorporation
    * * *
    incorporación nf, pl - ciones : incorporation

    Spanish-English dictionary > incorporación

  • 19 Kurs

    m; -es, -e
    1. FIN. price; (Notierung) quotation; von Devisen: exchange rate; der Kurs des Euro the euro exchange rate; zum Kurs von at the rate of; hoch im Kurs stehen be at a premium; fig. rate highly ( bei with); in Kurs setzen circulate; außer Kurs setzen take out of circulation; außer Kurs kommen fig. lose its popularity; fallende / steigende / nachgebende Kurse falling / rising / softening prices
    2. NAUT., FLUG. course; (Radarkurs) track; (Strecke) route; fig., POL. course, line, policy; Kurs halten stay on course; vom Kurs abweichen go off course; Kurs nehmen auf (+ Akk) head for (auch fig.); einen neuen / härteren Kurs einschlagen fig. take a new / harder line
    3. SPORT, FÜR RAD-, AUTORENNEN, Skirennen etc.: course; der anspruchsvolle Kurs wurde vom Schweizer Trainer gesteckt the demanding course was set by the Swiss coach
    4. (Lehrgang) course; (die Teilnehmer) course participants; der ganze Kurs all those on the course; Kursus
    * * *
    der Kurs
    (Aktienkurs) price;
    (Lehrgang) lessons; course; class;
    (Richtung) course;
    (Wechselkurs) rate of exchange; exchange rate; rate
    * * *
    Kụrs [kʊrs]
    m -es, -e
    [-zə]
    1) (NAUT, AVIAT fig) course; (POL = Richtung) line, course

    den Kurs halten — to hold (the) course

    vom Kurs abkommen — to deviate from one's/its course

    Kurs nehmen auf (+acc) — to set course for, to head for

    auf (südwestlichem) Kurs sein — to be on (a southwesterly) course

    Kurs haben auf (+acc) — to be heading for

    harter/weicher Kurs (Pol) — hard/soft line

    den Kurs ändern (lit, fig) — to change or alter( one's) course

    einen neuen Kurs einschlagen (lit, fig) — to go in a new direction, to follow a new course

    jdn/etw wieder auf Kurs bringen (fig) — to bring sb/sth back on course

    2) (FIN) (= Wechselkurs) rate of exchange, exchange rate; (= Börsenkurs, Aktienkurs) price, (going) rate; (= Marktpreis) market value or price, going rate

    zum Kurs von — at the rate of

    die Kurse fallen/steigen — prices or rates are falling/rising

    hoch im Kurs stehen (Aktien) — to be high; (fig) to be popular (bei with)

    3) (= Lehrgang) course (
    in +dat, für in)

    einen Kurs belegen — to do a course

    * * *
    der
    1) (a series (of lectures, medicines etc): I'm taking a course (of lectures) in sociology; He's having a course of treatment for his leg.) course
    2) (a direction or course: After they moved, their lives took a different tack.) tack
    * * *
    Kurs1
    <-es, -e>
    [kʊrs, pl ˈkʊrzə]
    m
    1. LUFT, NAUT (Richtung) course
    jdn/etw vom \Kurs abbringen to put sb/sth off course
    der Sturm hat uns um drei Grad vom \Kurs abgebracht the storm has put us off course by three degrees
    vom \Kurs abkommen to deviate from one's/its course
    den/seinen \Kurs beibehalten [o halten] to maintain [one's] course
    auf bestimmten \Kurs gehen to set a certain course
    wenn wir auf südsüdöstlichen \Kurs gehen, müssten wir die Insel in drei Tagen erreichen if we set a sou'-sou'-easterly course we should reach the island in three days
    \Kurs auf etw akk haben to be heading for sth
    \Kurs auf etw akk nehmen to set course for sth
    einen [bestimmten] \Kurs steuern to steer a certain course
    es war nicht mehr feststellbar, welchen \Kurs das Schiff steuerte it was no longer possible to determine which course the ship was steering
    den \Kurs wechseln to change course
    2. (Zielsetzung) course
    jdn vom \Kurs abbringen to throw sb off course
    den/seinen \Kurs beibehalten to maintain [one's] course
    jdn auf \Kurs bringen to bring sb into line
    ihre Kollegen werden sie schon auf \Kurs bringen their colleagues will bring them into line
    einen bestimmten \Kurs einschlagen to take a certain course; (politische Linie) policy, course
    harter/weicher \Kurs hard/soft line
    3. (Wechselkurs) exchange rate
    der \Kurs Dollar zu Euro steht im Moment bei eins zu... the exchange rate between the dollar and the euro is currently...
    zu einem bestimmten \Kurs at a certain rate
    Schwarzhändler tauschen dir den Euro zu einem günstigen \Kurs you'll get a favourable rate for your euros on the black market
    etw außer \Kurs setzen to take sth out of circulation
    Zahlungsmittel, die außer \Kurs gesetzt wurden, sind nicht länger gültig currency taken out of circulation is no longer valid
    die Maßnahmen der Bundesbank haben die \Kurse einiger Aktien gestärkt measures taken by the Bundesbank have strengthened the price of some shares
    der \Kurs pendelte sich bei Euro 120 ein the market was settling down at 120 euros
    zum gegenwärtigen \Kurs at the current rate [or price]
    multipler \Kurs multiple exchange rate
    hoch im \Kurs stehen ÖKON to be in great demand; BÖRSE to be high up; (fig) to be very popular, to be at a high rate
    antike Vasen stehen derzeit hoch im \Kurs antique vases are currently very popular
    etw an einen \Kurs binden to peg the price of sth
    den \Kurs drücken to depress the market
    im \Kurs fallen to fall [or drop] in price
    die Aktien der Schlüter AG sind letztens etwas im \Kurs gefallen Schlüter AG shares have fallen somewhat recently
    den \Kurs festsetzen to fix a price
    den \Kurs hinauftreiben to push up the price
    den \Kurs schwächen/stützen to weaken/peg the market
    Kurs2
    <-es, -e>
    [kʊrs, pl ˈkʊrzə]
    m (Lehrgang) course, class
    einen \Kurs [in etw dat] besuchen to attend a course [in sth]
    * * *
    der; Kurses, Kurse
    1) (Richtung) course

    auf [nördlichen] Kurs gehen — set [a northerly] course

    ein harter/weicher Kurs — (fig.) a hard/soft line

    den Kurs ändern/halten — (auch fig.) change or alter/hold or maintain course

    Kurs auf Hamburg (Akk.) nehmen — set course for or head for Hamburg

    2) (von Wertpapieren) price; (von Devisen) rate of exchange; exchange rate

    zum Kurs von... — at a rate of...

    hoch im Kurs stehen — < securities> be high; (fig.) be very popular ( bei with)

    3) (Lehrgang) course

    ein Kurs in Spanisch — (Dat.) a course in Spanish; a Spanish course

    4) (die Teilnehmer eines Kurses) class
    5) (Sport): (Rennstrecke) course
    * * *
    Kurs m; -es, -e
    1. FIN price; (Notierung) quotation; von Devisen: exchange rate;
    der Kurs des Euro the euro exchange rate;
    zum Kurs von at the rate of;
    hoch im Kurs stehen be at a premium; fig rate highly (
    bei with);
    in Kurs setzen circulate;
    außer Kurs setzen take out of circulation;
    außer Kurs kommen fig lose its popularity;
    fallende/steigende/nachgebende Kurse falling/rising/softening prices
    2. SCHIFF, FLUG course; (Radarkurs) track; (Strecke) route; fig, POL course, line, policy;
    Kurs halten stay on course;
    vom Kurs abweichen go off course;
    Kurs nehmen auf (+akk) head for (auch fig);
    einen neuen/härteren Kurs einschlagen fig take a new/harder line
    3. SPORT, für Rad-, Autorennen, Skirennen etc: course;
    der anspruchsvolle Kurs wurde vom Schweizer Trainer gesteckt the demanding course was set by the Swiss coach
    4. (Lehrgang) course; (die Teilnehmer) course participants;
    der ganze Kurs all those on the course; → Kursus
    * * *
    der; Kurses, Kurse
    1) (Richtung) course

    auf [nördlichen] Kurs gehen — set [a northerly] course

    ein harter/weicher Kurs — (fig.) a hard/soft line

    den Kurs ändern/halten — (auch fig.) change or alter/hold or maintain course

    Kurs auf Hamburg (Akk.) nehmen — set course for or head for Hamburg

    2) (von Wertpapieren) price; (von Devisen) rate of exchange; exchange rate

    zum Kurs von... — at a rate of...

    hoch im Kurs stehen — < securities> be high; (fig.) be very popular ( bei with)

    3) (Lehrgang) course

    ein Kurs in Spanisch — (Dat.) a course in Spanish; a Spanish course

    * * *
    -e (Aktien...) m.
    price n.
    quotation n.
    rate n. -e (Aktien) m.
    price (stocks) n.
    quotation (stocks) n.
    rate (stocks) n. -e (Verkehr) m.
    course n.
    line n. -e m.
    class n.
    (§ pl.: classes)
    course n.
    exchange rate n.
    rate (of exchange) n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Kurs

  • 20 consolidado

    adj.
    1 consolidated.
    2 strengthened, deep-rooted, well-established.
    past part.
    past participle of spanish verb: consolidar.
    * * *
    ADJ (Econ) [pasivo] consolidated
    * * *
    = proven, well established, established, long-established.
    Ex. One of these two systems has a proven capability of communication and of interfacing many libraries, the other is based on traditional values of authority files.
    Ex. By the nineteenth edition synthesis is a well established feature of the scheme.
    Ex. These are trends designed to to break down boundaries of exclusivity erected by established professions to exploit their monopolistic advantages.
    Ex. The latter statement undervalues long-established interests of SLIS in the field of information and ignores frequently attested movement of SLIS personnel into non-library information posts.
    ----
    * empresa consolidada = established player.
    * institución consolidada = established institution.
    * * *
    = proven, well established, established, long-established.

    Ex: One of these two systems has a proven capability of communication and of interfacing many libraries, the other is based on traditional values of authority files.

    Ex: By the nineteenth edition synthesis is a well established feature of the scheme.
    Ex: These are trends designed to to break down boundaries of exclusivity erected by established professions to exploit their monopolistic advantages.
    Ex: The latter statement undervalues long-established interests of SLIS in the field of information and ignores frequently attested movement of SLIS personnel into non-library information posts.
    * empresa consolidada = established player.
    * institución consolidada = established institution.

    * * *
    consolidado, -a
    ♦ adj
    1. [proyecto, amistad, democracia] established
    2. Fin consolidated
    ♦ nm
    Fin consolidated annuity

    Spanish-English dictionary > consolidado

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Chemically strengthened glass — is a type of glass that has increased strength as a result of a post production chemical process. When broken, it still shatters in long pointed splinters similar to float glass. For this reason, it is not considered a safety glass and must be… …   Wikipedia

  • Oxide dispersion strengthened alloy — Oxide dispersion strengthened alloys (ODS) are used for high temperature turbine blades and heat exchanger tubing.[1] Alloys of nickel are the most common but work is being done on iron aluminum alloys.[2] ODS steels are used in nuclear… …   Wikipedia

  • Oxide dispersion strengthened — ODS materials are used on spacecrafts as a layer designed to protect the vehicle, especially during reentry into the atmosphere.When it comes to reentry at hypersonic speeds, the properties of gasses change dramatically. Shockwaves are created… …   Wikipedia

  • 1962 Pacific typhoon season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=WPac Year=1962 Track=1962 Pacific typhoon season summary.jpg First storm formed=February 2, 1962 Last storm dissipated=December 10, 1962 Strongest storm name=Super Typhoon Karen Strongest storm pressure=897 Total… …   Wikipedia

  • List of storms in the 2005 Atlantic hurricane season — The 2005 Atlantic hurricane season officially began June 1, 2005 and officially ended on November 30, 2005. These dates conventionally delimit the period of each year when most tropical cyclones form in the Atlantic basin, although effectively… …   Wikipedia

  • 1964 Pacific typhoon season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=WPac Year=1964 Track=1964 Pacific typhoon season summary.jpg First storm formed=May 14, 1964 Last storm dissipated=December 16, 1964 Strongest storm name=Sally Strongest storm pressure=894 Strongest storm winds=170… …   Wikipedia

  • 2002 Pacific hurricane season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=EPac Year=2002 Track=2002 Pacific hurricane season map.png First storm formed=May 24, 2002 Last storm dissipated=November 16, 2002 Strongest storm name=Kenna Strongest storm winds=145 Strongest storm pressure=913… …   Wikipedia

  • 1988 Pacific hurricane season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=EPac Year=1988 Track=1988 Pacific hurricane season map.png First storm formed=June 15, 1988 Last storm dissipated=November 2, 1988 Strongest storm name=Hector Strongest storm winds=125 Strongest storm pressure=935… …   Wikipedia

  • 1987 Pacific hurricane season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=EPac Year=1987 Track=1987 Pacific hurricane season map.png First storm formed=June 7, 1987 Last storm dissipated=October 3, 1987 Strongest storm name=Max Strongest storm winds=135 Strongest CPac name=Peke Strongest… …   Wikipedia

  • 1994 Pacific hurricane season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=EPac Year=1994 Track=1994 Pacific hurricane season map.png First storm formed=June 18, 1994 Last storm dissipated=October 26, 1994 Strongest storm name=Gilma Strongest storm winds=140 Strongest storm pressure=920… …   Wikipedia

  • 1989 Pacific hurricane season — Infobox hurricane season Basin=EPac Year=1989 Track=1989 Pacific hurricane season map.png First storm formed=May 31, 1989 Last storm dissipated=October 19, 1989 Strongest storm name=Raymond Strongest storm winds=125 Strongest storm pressure=935… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»